units

faculty-pg-arts

Faculty of Arts

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2015 Postgraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2015 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

The unit looks at the "attention economy" as found in the media industry, paying particular attention to celebrity and fashion. Students are provided with a theoretical and historical understanding of publicity as a general field, from the emergence of the movie star and the development of magazine journalism to celebrity Twitter feeds and contemporary public relations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a theoretical understanding of the way in which attention is gained in communication and the media;
  2. Show a knowledge of the historical development of celebrity and fashion;
  3. Identify a range of professional practices organised around publicity;
  4. Recognise arguments about increasing 'noise' and 'clutter' in contemporary media and the relevance of the concept of an 'attention economy';
  5. Develop practical responses to problems of gaining attention in the media, including its ethical dimension.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helen Nesadurai

Synopsis

This unit explores the major transformations in Asia, a vast geographical area with boundaries that are fluid and often contested. Given the enormous diversity and scope of Asia, the unit adopts a thematic approach to discuss key political, economic, social and cultural transitions and transformations within selected regions such as Southeast Asia. While a closer study of contemporary issues in any particular region provides a measure of coherence to the unit, students are encouraged to consider the broader relevance of the political, economic and social shifts studied in the unit to other parts of Asia.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify issues of contemporary importance to particular communities in Asia as the region continues to experience the effects of previous and on-going transformations in politics, the economy, law, society, and culture;
  2. Analyse the complex forces driving these contemporary transitions and transformations through case studies covering domestic political reform, regional institution building, international relations, migration, urbanisation, the rise of civil society and social movements, as well as cultural shifts;
  3. Compare the reactions and responses to these transitions/transformations of different actors, for instance, governments, communities and groups directly affected by these shifts, other social groups including NGOs, firms and international organizations;
  4. Apply multi-disciplinary approaches to the study of Asia; and
  5. Produce reports, policy briefs, position papers, essays and other works that reflect skills in interpreting texts, writing critically and persuasively, and crafting and defending sound arguments.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4382


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Joanne Lim

Synopsis

This unit explores the intersection of digital media with issues of international and transnational communication. The increasing pace of globalisation in the 21st century is closely related to the centrality of communication for culture, and its relevance in terms of politics, trade, social and cultural change.
This unit will examine the continuities of digital media with, and divergences from, previous media and the role they play in the increasingly connected globe. Through developing around a distinction between international and transnational communication, it looks at the changing role of the nation-state with regards to media policy, international trade and politics, and contrasts this with discussions of community, diaspora, and intercultural communication.
Case studies from Southeast Asia and other regions will be used as source material, as a basis for discussion, as well as for further research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain and demonstrate the implications of, and differences between, international and transnational communication;
  2. Explain and demonstrate the implications of, and differences between, digital and analogue media;
  3. Work in a team to plan and execute a project based on international communication;
  4. Use relevant theories and concepts to critically assess the place of digital media in the global context;
  5. Develop and execute academic research into historical, economic, and sociocultural aspects of global media.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4400, APG5400, AMG5400


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Low Swee Foon

Synopsis

The unit equips students with applied skills in research design, research methods and ethical research practice. Students are taught the elements of good research design, various qualitative and quantitative research methods, and the marks of ethical research practices.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;
  3. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity;
  6. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4409, APG5409


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yeoh Seng Guan

Synopsis

Students are provided with a general overview to various theories related to communications and media studies. With a pedagogical emphasis on inculcating reflexive practitioners. Theories discussed are in relation to the practices of journalism, organisational communication, public relations, advertising, and new media forms such as blogs and social networking sites.

Outcomes

  1. To develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. To develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. To introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. To consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. To introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4894


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tan Meng Yoe

Synopsis

The unit looks at the "attention economy" as found in the media industry, paying particular attention to celebrity and fashion. Students are provided with a theoretical and historical understanding of publicity as a general field, from the emergence of the movie star and the development of magazine journalism to celebrity Twitter feeds and contemporary public relations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a theoretical understanding of the way in which attention is gained in communication and the media;
  2. Show a knowledge of the historical development of celebrity and fashion;
  3. Identify a range of professional practices organised around publicity;
  4. Recognise arguments about increasing 'noise' and 'clutter' in contemporary media and the relevance of the concept of an 'attention economy';
  5. Develop practical responses to problems of gaining attention in the media, including its ethical dimension.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Julian Hopkins

Synopsis

This unit explores the intersection of digital media with issues of international and transnational communication. The increasing pace of globalisation in the 21st century is closely related to the centrality of communication for culture, and its relevance in terms of politics, trade, social and cultural change.
This unit will examine the continuities of digital media with, and divergences from, previous media and the role they play in the increasingly connected globe. Through developing around a distinction between international and transnational communication, it looks at the changing role of the nation-state with regards to media policy, international trade and politics, and contrasts this with discussions of community, diaspora, and intercultural communication.
Case studies from Southeast Asia and other regions will be used as source material, as a basis for discussion, as well as for further research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain and demonstrate the implications of, and differences between, international and transnational communication;
  2. Explain and demonstrate the implications of, and differences between, digital and analogue media;
  3. Work in a team to plan and execute a project based on international communication;
  4. Use relevant theories and concepts to critically assess the place of digital media in the global context;
  5. Develop and execute academic research into historical, economic, and sociocultural aspects of global media.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4400, APG5400, AMG4400


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide a detailed exploration on the workings of the media industry in Southeast Asia. It contextualizes the key theoretical frameworks and media issues within the region in order to obtain a deeper understanding into the current state of media and reporting in Southeast Asian countries. It aims to provide a historical context to develop an awareness of the politics of colonization and decolonization to understand its relevance to media and reporting in the region.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Develop an awareness of the history, impact and relevance of journalism in Southeast Asia;
  2. Develop an awareness of the different models of journalism, the tensions between them and the implications of each form;
  3. Develop and awareness of the politics of decolonization in the Southeast Asian context;
  4. Identify, observe and reflect on key issues involved in reporting and news production in Southeast Asia;
  5. Work independently and collaboratively in learning and production processes, including on online forums;
  6. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines;
  7. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media studies;
  8. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the capacities, limitations and socio-professional implications of journalistic practices in the Southeast Asian region.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yeoh Seng Guan

Synopsis

In this unit, students to develop an independent research project related to communication and media studies. The topic is chosen by the student and developed with the advice and support of a supervisor. The project is written up in a minor dissertation, allowing the student to demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and project management.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research;
  2. An enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues;
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of a research topic;
  4. A capacity to design, manage, and carry out a research project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedMalaysia First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Gibson

Synopsis

The unit is an alternative to AMG5742 for students who want the option of progression to a higher degree by research. It is undertaken in the final semester of the Master of Communications and Media Studies and allows students to develop an independent research project. The topic is chosen by the student and developed with the advice and support of a supervisor. The project is written up in an 18000 word dissertation, allowing the student to demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and project management. Students are encouraged to consider the project not only as a formal requirement for the degree, but also as contributing to a portfolio of professional and scholarly development.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the communication industries and communication issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 576 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Communications and Media Studies program

Prohibitions

APG5742, APG5743, AMG5742


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Arts and Social Sciences, Malaysia
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

Synopsis

Students are provided with an opportunity to undertake a supervised internship in the media industry. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for identifying and contacting a suitable industry partner and arranging the placement as well as seeking approval from the unit co-ordinator. Their research topic should be worked out in consultation with the unit coordinator and the industry partner. Students should intern with the industry partner for no less than four weeks and not more than eight weeks. Students are not permitted to undertake the project in their usual place of work.

Outcomes

  1. To develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. To develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. To introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. To consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. To introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester, including a minimum of 152-hours of internship

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG5751


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time
  2. the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises
  3. knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations
  4. the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity
  5. an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society
  6. an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice
  7. an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

CRJ5004


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Synopsis

This unit will explore the processes of rethinking theatre history in a number of ways: the challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and to canonical assumptions; the implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; the responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to the influence of thinking in other disciplines; the reframing of canonical texts in the light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and its implications for historicised interpretation.
It will examine a range of plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and to specific recent re-readings.

Outcomes

Students completing 'Rethinking Theatre History' should have acquired:

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitFilm and Screen Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Therese Davis

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Outcomes

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

ATS4279 / APG5279


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

This two-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Italy, Germany, Poland and Lithuania, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and sites of mass murder such as Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
  2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
  3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
  5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
  6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
  7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
  8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 80%
Exam: 20%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • This unit will be taught intensively at Prato

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker and Dr Noah Shenker

Notes

Synopsis

This two week intensive unit begins with a workshop on conflict resolution at the Monash Prato campus in Italy,. Students will travel for tthe remaining period to areas that have experienced conflict to observe first hand the complexities of peace-building and reconciliation. The course focuses on the Arab-Israel conflict and investigates current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians, the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. In some years, the course will also travel to alternate sites of conflict, such as Northern Ireland or the former Yugoslavia.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

  1. Understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories;
  2. Understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people;
  3. Appreciate the social and political divisions that lead to violence and internecine conflict;
  4. Have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront;
  5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about conflicting narratives and conflict resolution.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Field trip - This unit is taught intensively at Prato

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

20-hours per week for two weeks of intensive study

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Markus

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and ideas of progress and destiny in relation to the Holocaust. It will consider eugenics, the variants of anti-semitism and of nationalism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers genocidal thought evident in colonial Australia, the Bosnian wars, and apocalyptic religion.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Seamus O'Hanlon

Synopsis

History and Heritage introduces students to the policy and practice of heritage professionals in the twenty- first century. The unit draws on local and international examples to demonstrate the contested nature of what constitutes heritage. Students are introduced to ideas about cultural and architectural heritage, the meanings of culture, cultural significance, 'reading' historic buildings and landscapes, and how all of these are interpreted by heritage professionals. Students learn the various local, national and international statutes that protect and enhance physical and cultural heritage.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value.
  2. Know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment.
  3. Have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites.
  4. Have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions.
  5. Have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations.
  6. Have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. Have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.

Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Michael Fagenblat

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.
  2. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.
  3. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.
  4. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, APG4302, APG5302, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Synopsis

This unit is a history of the way people have related to and thought about the natural environment in the past. It will provide an introduction to recent literature on environmental history, including the environmental consequences of European expansion into the New World, of industrialization and imperialism, and of medicine and science. Attention will also be given to climate change, plagues and other diseases, and the depletion of natural resources. The subject will conclude with some reflections on the historical underpinnings of current debates about global pollution, population, and global warming.

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for fourth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.
  2. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.
  3. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.
  4. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.
  5. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 75%
Exam: 25%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4303, GES4180, APG5303


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how race was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Synopsis

Through oral history, memory has become an important source for contemporary history. Historical memory is also central to the contemporary cultural politics of witnessing, commemoration and reconciliation. This unit introduces conceptual frameworks for analysis of memory sources, including oral history and life writing. Specific topics include oral history and social history, memory and collective identity, private and public memory, memory and narrative, psychoanalysis and history, and trauma and memory. Through readings and practical workshops, you will develop skills and understandings that will help you to interpret oral histories and other life narratives.

Outcomes

The unit aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.
  2. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.
  3. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.
  4. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.
  5. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. Seamus O'Hanlon

Synopsis

This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, material culture, emerging technologies, and cultural events. Through the assignments that include reviewing existing local history material and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire a range of skills to equip to them to become involved in local and community history writing.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making
  2. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.
  3. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

GSC2506, GSC3513, ATS2566, ATS3566


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedSouth Africa Term 3 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Mark Baker, Dr Noah Shenker, Dr Daniella Doron

Notes

The unit is offered as a Term 3 unit - see the Winter Arts Program page for further information http://www.monash.edu/students/courses/arts/winter-program.html

+ This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study OverseasStudy Overseas (http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/study-overseas/) page for further information.

Synopsis

This unit will bring together students from Monash campuses in Australia and South Africa to study the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through two specific cases: the South African approach after apartheid and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. Held in the winter semester as a two-week intensive, students will spend a week in Johannesburg and a week in Rwanda exploring public debates on memory and justice through visits to memorial sites and museums. Places to be explored include Soweto, the Apartheid Museum, Constitution Hill, the Murambi genocide memorial, and a Gacaca village trial.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
  2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
  3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fourth-year level will be expected to have the ability to analytically differentiate between the different forms genocide and conflict manifest themselves in.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3314, ATS4314


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Religious Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Salih Yucel

Synopsis

This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students will:

  1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
  2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
  3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
  4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
  5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law
  6. In addition, at fourth-year level students will engage in original research in applying Islamic principles to contemporary issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Caron Dann

Synopsis

The subject examines the history of communications and media from the genesis of the mass circulation press to the new media of the 21st century. It provides students with an appreciation of how communication and media are shaped by technological advances, decisions by policy-makers and broader social forces. It also provides students with an opportunity to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major historical issue or event.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history;
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history;
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society;
  4. Be able to conduct independent research;
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Mr Mark Poole

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between the media, telecommunications and computing industries. It investigates the practices of electronic publishing and its impact on the communications industry. The unit profiles both traditional media such as the book, print and broadcasting in the light of new forms of content delivery such as the web, wireless and digital broadcasting. It also explores the challenges of developing and delivering high-quality, user-focused content in a digital environment, including social media.

Outcomes

  1. To develop an understanding of developments in contemporary media and communications technologies within Australia and the world and identify their possible consequences;
  2. To form an understanding of the processes and effects of media convergence and the resultant changes in communications practices within the fields of journalism, publishing, television and film;
  3. To become familiar with issues and debates around new forms of media such as questions of privacy, fragmented audiences, access to online technology and challenges to the concept and legal framework of copyright;
  4. To be able to critically interrogate and evaluate online strategies and to understand the increasing importance of the role of social media in disseminating information, opinions and shared points of view, and building audiences online.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Koichi Iwabuchi

Synopsis

This subject explores key issues arising from the rapid change, development and growth in international communications. It examines the impact of globalisation and shifts in production, distribution and consumption in international communications. Students will consider power and disadvantage; cultural flows and exchange; development communication; cross-cultural communication; international advertising and public relations; diasporic cultures; and legal and ethical issues in international communications. Examples will be drawn from many different countries, including case studies of communications and media in Asia, Europe, North America and the Middle East.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  1. Have a sound understanding of globalisation as it affects communications and media industries;
  2. Be able to analyse global media and the policies which affect them;
  3. Be aware of the potentials and problems of cross-cultural communication and of the major theories which have been developed to explain them;
  4. Understand changing modes of reception by global audiences, together with the implications of these processes for national and personal identity;
  5. Be aware of the major legal and ethical challenges thrown up by the globalisation of communications and media.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG5400


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Xin Gu

Synopsis

This unit engages with the challenges facing the traditional media companies at a time when the mass-market and advertising business models that have long sustained them are under assault from new digital production and distribution technology that is fragmenting audiences and enabling smaller, more entrepreneurial organizations to compete against bureaucratic 'empires'. How do companies such as News Corporation, Channel Nine or Fairfax respond to the threats and opportunities posed by the new digital media businesses like Google, Apple iTunes and Facebook, and community activist projects such as Wikipedia that are leading and exploiting changes triggered by the digital revolution.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to;

  1. Critically analyse the business models of a variety of traditional media companies and the challenges and opportunities posed by new digital media;
  2. Assess government policy responses to issues arising from new digital technology, media convergence and fragmentation of audiences;
  3. Understand key debates surrounding transformation of public media, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation;
  4. Engage in discussion informed by current media research and theory about the changing media environment in Australia and internationally;
  5. Conduct independent research in the field of communications and media;
  6. Think critically and conceptually about contemporary media industries and how they relate with content producers and audiences.

In addition, students taking APG5401 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4720, APG5401


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit examines crime prevention and crime reduction initiatives, programs and strategies that attempt to alleviate the problem of criminal activities. This unit surveys crime prevention from the local community to that of global perspectives. Theories and arguments of crime prevention policy and practice are examined. Students learn various research methodologies used in conducting and evaluating crime prevention initiatives. Specific topics to be explored include threats to national security, international and transnational crime, people smuggling, theft of body parts, money laundering, drugs, commercial and organised crime, white-collar crime, public disorder and street crimes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical understanding of various theories and strategies of crime prevention
  2. the ability to critically examine changes in international and transnational offending via appropriate legal, political and justice perspectives
  3. a critical understanding of the governance and administration of collaborative international crime prevention efforts
  4. the ability to evaluate the effectiveness and importance of crime prevention initiatives by identifying limitations and assumptions that underpin such programs
  5. an awareness of global justice attempts to curb global crime problems
  6. the ability to formulate crime prevention policy and practice
  7. the ability to research and complete a substantial research project of the student's own choice
  8. the ability to hypothesise about likely future global crime problems.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Baker

Synopsis

This unit explores policing in its generic sense. A broad range of investigative and control mechanisms, both in the public and private sectors, is examined in terms of curbing crime, criminal tendencies and threats. This unit appraises recent expansionary changes in state-sponsored policing and security organisations. It explores the recent shift from law enforcement to preventative risk management strategies and technologies. Issues such as the emergence of the 'risk society', the privatisation of policing, tensions between surveillance and personal privacy, and estimations of the risk of dangerousness characterising particular offender groups are examined and critiqued.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:1) a critical understanding of contemporary practice and research relating to policing and security; 2) a capacity to examine and critique contemporary control practices employed in policing, security and risk management;3) an understanding of contemporary surveillance, control and management strategies employed to curb crime and violence in various situations;4) a critical understanding of both the function of security and theoretical and practical approaches to risk assessment;5) enhanced problem-solving skills;6) the ability to evaluate information and research critically;7) the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about policing, security and risk management.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Synopsis

As for ATS4421

Outcomes

  1. Understanding and integration of major concepts within dramatic theory, history and literature
  2. Appreciation of the qualitative and critical significance of key thinkers within the discipline of theatre and performance studies
  3. Critical tools to interpret and engage with complex ideas about theatre criticism, theory and performance-making
  4. Awareness of diverse research methods and methodology appropriate to arts research, and experience in their practical application
  5. Development of research and writing skills

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project.

Outcomes

Students who complete this unit successfully should be able:

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Prohibitions

APG5435, ATS2522, ATS3522


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts PratoArts Prato (http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/) page for further information.

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre in Italy, the unit will allow students to benefit from the experience of EU practitioners and highly qualified specialists from the European University Institute and other European Universities with which Monash has agreements. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Business and Economics or Law, students will attend lectures and seminars on economic, political, legal or cultural aspects of the European Union. Where feasible, the unit will include a study tour of European corporate and EU institutions, and will be open to students from other Australian universities. Students can also elect to conduct an autonomous research project.

Outcomes

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the European Union's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency), as well as of key European corporate institutions;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 80%
Exam: 20%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedClayton Trimester 1 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan

Notes

The unit runs in alternate years. Last offered in 2013, next offering in 2015.

Synopsis

This unit explores the concepts of regional development and sustainability, and draws attention to the practical constraints and issues associated with translating such concepts into regional policy and practice. Field-study takes place in South Africa and includes focus on topics such as: effects of commercial agriculture on soil and water quality; transnational water-sharing and flood management; ecotourism and conservation in nature parks; urbanisation, transportation and migration in environment-industry corridors; environmental education, health, and local ecological management.

Outcomes

By the end of this unit, students are expected to have:

  1. Knowledge on varied social and resource dimensions of problems associated

with regional sustainability;

  1. Ability to identify, describe, and interpret the concept of regional sustainability

in the context of a developing country;

  1. Practical skills and field-based experience for research and policy formulation

for sustainable regional development.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • International fieldtrip

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Megan Farrelly

Synopsis

National and international conflicts over the use of natural resources, eg rainforest destruction, land degradation, pressure on water supplies and common property resources. Analysis of resource disputes, including socio-political aspects and debate over causes and trajectories. Different managements approaches used to solve environmental problems, e.g. role of the state, communities, protected areas, and indigenous people.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to:

  1. critically analyse the theoretical and empirical bases of resource management issues
  2. appreciate the complex, intertwined nature of ecological, social, and political factors underlying resource management issues
  3. recognise, apply, and distinguish between the main explanatory theories
  4. be able to construct critical and analytical arguments relevant to resource management issues in good quality writing.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit focuses on city-regions on the Indian and Pacific Ocean Rims of Australia. This large region surrounding Australia encompasses nearly 2/3rds of the world's current population and is the main driving force for the economic and social dynamism of cities and national and global economies in the 21st Century. The unit will develop the ability of students to link theoretical and policy frameworks of regional economic development, industrial location, rural-urban linkages, urban governance and environmental management with planning initiatives and strategies to promote sustainable development of city-regions in the Indian-Pacific Ocean rims.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. Show a sound understanding of theoretical concepts and frameworks of state-led economic development, urbanisation, industrial growth, and regional development;
  2. Develop a comparative analytical perspective for examining the spatial structure of urban and regional economic development of city regions over time;
  3. Gain bibliographic, mapping, and data collection skills for developing a deeper understanding of urban planning and development issues occurring in one city-region in the Indo-Pacific rims;
  4. Develop the ability to work in groups to analyse and present a project or proposal for urban or regional development pertaining to a selected city-region;
  5. Be able to effectively present (in written, graphics, and oral forms) clear, concise, and rigorously researched analysis of urbanisation and sustainable regional development issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3556


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Karen Crinall

Synopsis

This unit addresses the broad socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;
  2. identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;
  3. critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector; 4) apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;
  4. identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;
  5. conduct a literature review

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Cathy Trembath

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. demonstrate knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations including appropriate use of supervision and conflict management;
  3. demonstrate knowledge and skills in using and identify appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation and implementation for human services programs;
  4. demonstrate knowledge of organisational governance and its role in the effective functioning of the organisation;
  5. demonstrate an ability to critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations;
  6. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Morgan

Synopsis

This unit functions as an advanced introduction into the world of historical research. It introduces students to some of the common problems and issues as well as key debates that confront all historians working with different types of primary sources. It explores the many ways in which the past is constructed through the production of history by challenging students to think about what history is, how different lenses inform our reading and making of histories, how and where different genres of primary sources can be found for a resourceful historian of the 21st century, and how these sources can best be used in shaping an intellectually rigorous dissertation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a deep understanding of the key debates that have taken place on the nature of history as a practice up until the present day
  2. Recognise the different theoretical approaches or lenses (such as Marxist or Feminist) through which historians make history, and reconcile that with their own approaches to writing history
  3. Develop the capacity to identify and access various repositories (such as digital libraries) to locate primary sources for their research
  4. Become familiar with good practice in organising their primary sources, such as note-taking strategies, and reading and using different types of primary sources effectively in their work
  5. Develop an understanding of how to use quantitative sources effectively in history-writing, as well as how to effectively make quantitative judgements in their research
  6. Have an appreciation of how archival sources, material culture, autobiographical sources, and audio-visual sources can be used effectively in research
  7. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Bain Attwood

Synopsis

In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of Indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
  2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
  3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
  4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Prohibitions

ATS4621, HYM5470


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Philip Chubb

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

APG5641


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Synopsis

In this unit students consider individual, group and social processes driving creativity and creative action. Themes include the role of cognition, imagination, judgment, criticism, personality, materials, forms, humor, social milieu, and cities in the creative process. The aim is for students to understand the multiple factors affecting creativityand how creative individuals, organizations and societies are possible. Examples will be drawn from a wide variety of creative arts including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general nature of creative processes.
  2. An understanding of the relation between individual, group and social aspects of creativity.
  3. An enhanced capacity to identify creative acts, works, and processes.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practice and enhance their skills as copyeditors.

Outcomes

At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding of the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, and of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide
  2. an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copyeditor and the commissioning editor
  3. foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copyediting and skills as copyeditors.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 90%
Exam: 10%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Katrina Romano

Synopsis

This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject broadens the editorial context and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, corporate, fiction and digital editing.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired an understanding of: 1) the editor's role in book, corporate and electronic publishing; and 2) complementary editorial skills, including the preparation and treatment of references, indexes and non-text elements, and how to work within relevant legal and ethical constraints.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

APG4670 or equivalent industry experience

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Notes

The unit has a fieldtrip component

Synopsis

The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade
  2. an understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context
  3. an understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling
  4. developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 85%
Exam: 15%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Site visits

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Religious Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Synopsis

A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Casimir Macgregor

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a broad understanding of the theory and practice of sociological research, and allows students to develop advanced skills in the research design, data collection and data analysis techniques used in Sociology and cognate disciplines. A variety of social research methods will be explored. This unit also examines a range of theoretical and methodological issues involved in conducting sociological research and considers some of the critiques and limitations of social research techniques. The meaning and significance of both ethics and reflexivity in research practice are also explored. Students completing the unit will also develop important practical skills in conducting and analysing social research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an appreciation of the history, philosophy and practice of empirical research in Sociology;
  2. an understanding of a range of empirical methods and data analysis techniques used in social research;
  3. an awareness of some of the key issues, debates and controversies associated with conducting social research, and an appreciation of the complexity of conducting such research;
  4. an appreciation of the meaning and role of both ethics and reflexivity in social research;
  5. the ability to undertake practical empirical research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

Enrolment in Bachelor of Arts (Honours)

Prohibitions

APG5681


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSociology
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

In this unit the student will be introduced to a conventional quantitative technique known as standardization; and univariate, bivariate and multivariate measures of statistical relationships. Learning of these topics will involve hand-on practice with real survey data. Data analysis will be carried out in SPSS. The main objective is to provide students with the conceptual foundations and basic procedural tools to both design quantitative research projects and to carry out bivariate and multivariate quantitative data analysis in standard statistical packages including SPSS.

Outcomes

Students will learn to design and execute quantitative research based on secondary survey data. Students will gain a sound understanding of how to use SPSS, how to do univariate, bivariate and multivariate analysis of categorical survey data in SPSS. The grounding obtained in this unit should enable more competent students to extend their own learning in any areas of specific interest.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG5684


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Douglas

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Outcomes

  1. To obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research
  4. To obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases
  5. To obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics.
  6. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

APG4393, APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Debra Manning

Synopsis

This unit addresses the conceptual bases to program planning and evaluation and links between the two. It explores approaches to program planning through the examination and design of models, concepts and techniques that facilitate need assessment, setting goals and objectives, and establishing target groups and timelines in the implementation process. Key theoretical concepts in evaluation, ethical and analytical approaches utilised in human services evaluation and evaluation techniques are critically explored to ensure comprehensive understanding and skill development. Students employed in the field are encouraged to locate their learning and assessment tasks within their practice context.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the nature of human service programs, and the models utilised in planning different types of human service programs;
  2. be knowledgeable about the main theoretical perspectives, concepts and issues in relation to the planning, implementation and evaluation of programs;
  3. have developed skills in using a range of techniques to meet planning requirements in all aspects of a human service program; understand political, organisational, resource requirements and ethical considerations in the development, implementation and evaluation of programs.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Cathy Trembath

Notes

Previously coded HSM4302

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore and critique current theory and practice in the management, leadership and administration of human service organisations. Students will be encouraged to develop awareness of their own management practice and leadership style in their chosen field. Students will critically examine the meaning of continuous quality improvement in the human services, and then use this understanding to inform the design of an appropriate framework for ensuring quality standards and service delivery in a particular area of the human services.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify and critically discuss various management theories, models and approaches specific to the human services;
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the distinctions between the concepts of management and leadership;
  3. critically reflect on their own management and leadership style and practice;
  4. demonstrate a critical appreciation of how management is applied and operationalised at various levels in human service organisations;
  5. demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skills in a range of approaches to continuous quality improvement in the human services and how these might be applied in a particular organisational context.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Karen Crinall

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity;
  2. demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct;
  3. demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects;
  4. demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies;
  5. identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts;
  6. design an appropriate research methodology.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of APG4761, APG4762, APG4571, APG4572, EDF6801, EDF6802, EDF6810, EDF6821 or by permission

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Synopsis

This unit introduces basic principles and practices in professional journalism. It focuses on news and current affairs research and reporting for print/online publication, and the role and ethics of journalism in liberal democracies. Students develop a series of stories working independently and in groups, and use online forums for mutual story development and feedback. Students develop an understanding of, and ability to contribute to, contemporary debates in journalism. Students work to deadlines researching and reporting news stories for print/online publications.

Outcomes

On completion of this course students should be able to

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story and conduct interviews
  2. demonstrate an ability to write in a clear, concise, factual way using news and feature conventions
  3. take appropriate photographs and caption them to complement a story
  4. identify key ethical and legal obligations associated with reporting
  5. work independently and in groups to produce news reports
  6. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines
  7. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  8. demonstrate an ability to write under pressure
  9. demonstrate a critical awareness of some social implications of journalistic practice

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Notes

Previously coded MUM4420

Synopsis

The unit aims to familiarise students with various research methods appropriate to musicology. In particular the unit provides an introduction to the practical aspects of historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and jazz and popular music studies, concentrating on methodologies associated with textual criticism, archival research, repertoire and performance practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should have the skills essential to constructing a simple research proposal in a variety of areas and have acquired initial critical reading skills applicable to both text and score.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan; Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. Value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development
  2. a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book
  3. an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present
  4. an appreciation of the study of the history of the book
  5. advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Trischa Mann

Synopsis

The contribution of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored.
An overview of the role of the various production processes and their management in publishing. Students are taken through the various stages of the physical production of various formats (books, magazines and newspapers) and their subsequent marketing and distribution. The contributions of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored. Students enrolled at this 5th year level will demonstrate a greater mastery over project management issues adapted to given examples.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding:

  1. of the practical principles of publishing;
  2. of the key publication production processes and to develop relevant skills;
  3. of how the various forms of publishing differ in production terms, e.g. journals, magazines, scholarly publications, electronic publications;
  4. of the contribution of new technology to the publishing industries and the principles inherent in their application.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 85%
Exam: 15%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of the role of the editor or writer of texts for publication or communication in fields such as Science and Technology, Medicine, Psychology, Education, Law or Finance where specialist editors and publishers produce books, journals or other publications in printed and electronic forms. The editors who prepare them for publication apply professional knowledge and skills in ways that meet subject-specific requirements and expectations. This unit is vocational and will provide the student with a sound understanding of copy-editing in both its essential elements and its application for professional purposes.

Outcomes

Upon completion students should have acquired:

  1. a basic understanding of the theory and practice of copy-editing
  2. an in-depth introduction to the particular requirements and expectations of editorial practice in their field of knowledge or specialisation
  3. an understanding in outline of the publishing industry in Australia and internationally in professional, reference and educational publishing
  4. an ability to apply their knowledge by copy-editing texts specific to their field.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Site visits

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Olga Bursian

Synopsis

The unit enables students to develop a professional framework based on theories, conventions and instruments for protecting and promoting human rights, social justice and democratic citizenship rights. Students will identify the legal and ethical dimensions of community contexts, including the ramifications of government policies and commercial activities on communities. Knowledge of Australian legal and political systems, and skills in working effectively within them to protect and extend the rights of communities, will be developed. Students will apply their knowledge to creative and strategic use of advocacy, lobbying and management of campaigns to reverse unequal community power relations.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. Developed a professional theoretical framework based on international and national human rights, social justice and participative democracy.
  2. Developed skills in applying national and international human and citizenship rights instruments and conventions for community advocacy campaigns.
  3. Developed a sound understanding of Australian legal systems including legal and other instruments to protect human and citizenship rights (eg. discrimination; tenancy; debt; refugees).
  4. Acquired extensive knowledge of available institutional and material resources for ensuring justice and protection of community citizenship rights.
  5. Incorporated ethical theory and a deep understanding of practitioners' legal and ethical obligations towards communities (citizens, residents and refugees).
  6. Developed a sophisticated capacity for strategic thinking in identifying novel avenues and opportunities for advancing community rights;
  7. Developed skills and knowledge in collaborating with legal professionals, politicians, bureaucrats and other public figures for effective community campaigns.
  8. Developed a range of specific skills for successful community change: advocacy, lobbying, campaign management, use of mass media.
  9. Acquired knowledge of international, national and local examples of cutting edge practice in extending community rights.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

EDF6806, APG4807


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSouth Africa School of Social Sciences
OfferedSouth Africa Term 2 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhata (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Synopsis

This unit aims to equip students with the knowledge to successfully plan and execute their research projects (semesters two and three), and (b) provide them with an understanding of, and the basic skills required for, careers as science and technology professionals.

Topics covered by this Unit include;

  • The role of science in society
  • Research methodology
  • Diffusion of innovation and knowledge management
  • Proposal development and project management

Outcomes

Specific objectives of this unit include:

  1. Comment on the history and evolving role of science in society
  2. Differentiate between basic qualitative and quantitative research methods as well as contemporary approaches to research such as action research, inter- and transdisciplinary research, post-normal science and sustainability science
  3. Examine the process of knowledge creation and its relationship with technological innovation and diffusion
  4. Synthesize the history and theories of project management as well as the project management cycle and apply this in specific project activities
  5. Apply the essential tools of project management relating to project planning and resourcing
  6. Recognise the need and plan for social, technological, environmental, economic and political contexts in project design and rollout
  7. Apply monitoring and evaluation and risk management in the project cycle.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites

APG4824, WTR2003 and APG4826


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSouth Africa School of Social Sciences
OfferedSouth Africa Term 3 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhata (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to some of the fundamental science which underpins the understanding of the whole of catchment water cycle, including ecosystem functioning and the water quality and quantity requirements of various user groups (e.g. domestic, agriculture, industry, mining). Throughout the unit there is an emphasis on the whole-of-water cycle. The unit also addresses the human uses of water and highlights the dynamic relationship between human and natural aquatic systems. Topics covered in this unit include;

  • Basic properties of water
  • Principles of aquatic ecology, including ecological structure and function, the finite nature of the resource base and significance of water quality and quantity to the environment and multiple water users.
  • Integrated water resources planning and management including principles of systematic conservation planning and spatial development planning
  • River health monitoring, assessment and reporting
  • Freshwater ecosystems as complex social-ecological systems including the concepts of ecosystem services, resilience and thresholds of change.

Outcomes

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Describe the physical and chemical properties of water and the processes that affect these physical and chemical properties with respect to water quality
  2. Critically analyse given water quality data using correct analysis methods and statistics; present water quality data using correct tables and figures; interpret the outcomes of this analysis; write a meaningful report about the data and its implications for water quality, ecosystem health, or human use
  3. Determine linkages between the terrestrial and aquatic environment and the influence of land-use change on aquatic systems and environmental flows
  4. Measure key water quality and biological indicators for ecological health in an aquatic system and suggest monitoring and assessment criteria for healthy aquatic systems.
  5. Understand the principles of water storage and treatment and its subsequent treatment for human use.
  6. Provide comment on larger issues of water security, such as climate change.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSouth Africa School of Social Sciences
OfferedSouth Africa Term 3 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhata (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Synopsis

This unit examines the elements and background to the so-called world water crisis and analyses current international development thinking about sustainable development and its application to water and water resources. It explores dimensions such as livelihoods and poverty, water supply and sanitation in cities, gender, community participation and water as a human right. This will be done in context of organisations such as Catchment Management Agencies and relevant Provincial Departments who face challenges with water sustainability and development. Students will be able to work directly with key individuals in these organisations and get a firsthand experience of some of the issues and challenges they face. Topics covered by the unit include;

  • Water and Sustainable Development: theory and principles
  • Water, Development, Poverty and Livelihoods
  • Water and Community Participation
  • Water supply, sanitation and health
  • Dams and irrigation
  • Water and Gender

Outcomes

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Critically examine the theoretical underpinnings and key principles of sustainable development and explain its application to water resources
  2. Identify the key aspects and causes of the 'global water crisis', and its implications for development
  3. Employ a range of analytical frameworks for understanding the links between water, livelihoods, poverty, and gender
  4. Explain the theoretical and practical justifications for community participation in water resources development, using examples and case studies
  5. Explain and have a critical appreciation of the implications of a human rights approach to water resources development.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSouth Africa School of Social Sciences
OfferedSouth Africa Term 2 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Bimo Nkhata (South Africa); Ms Linda Downsborough

Synopsis

Water governance refers to the diverse range of political, social, economic and administrative arrangements within which water resources are managed and water needs are met by different sectors of society. In this unit, students are introduced to key concepts of water governance addressing in particular: the interaction between water governance, poverty and development; institutional and legal frameworks for formal as well as informal water provision; core features of transboundary arrangements as well as the core issues to be addressed in the design, implementation and monitoring of water governance initiatives. The special features of water governance in Southern Africa and Africa generally are specifically analysed with attention paid to successes, failures and lessons to be learnt from other contexts. Issues of gender and social exclusion are also specifically addressed. Specific topics covered include;

  • Water governance: An overview
  • Water governance, poverty, industrialization and development - conceptual issues
  • The tasks of water governance in developing country contexts - key concepts and their critique
  • Water governance: institutions, organizations, rights, markets, law -Southern African aspects in comparative perspective
  • Transboundary aspects of water governance - Southern African aspects in comparative perspective
  • Design and implementation of water governance initiatives - general and Southern African aspects
  • Evaluation of water governance initiatives - general and Southern African aspects
  • Ensuring and maintaining access - gender, social exclusion and good governance

Outcomes

Specific objectives for this unit include:

  1. Provide comment on the latest debates, insights, concepts, technical knowledge and tools pertaining to governance aspects of Integrated Water Management in developing and developed country contexts, with a particular emphasis on Southern Africa in comparative context
  2. Compare and evaluate experiences from:
    1. the rest of Africa
    2. Asia
    3. selected relevant developed countries and apply these to the Southern African context
  3. Have a critical understanding of the dynamic interplay between science, policy making, management and governance
  4. Use a range of governance tools and methodologies to identify and balance interests among conflicting functions and water uses in developing country contexts
  5. Analyse and design basic elements of IWRM governance arrangements in developing country and transboundary contexts paying attention to lessons learnt from successes as well as failures from Southern African and other contexts
  6. Communicate the key elements of governance initiatives orally and in written form, presenting these in a systematic and contextually appropriate way, whilst paying attention to the diverse needs of governments, the private sector and civil society
  7. Undertake individual research on governance issues, critically evaluating materials accessed from a variety of standpoints and communicating the essential points of such materials in an accurate and contextually informed way
  8. Demonstrate an ability to use personal reflection and social learning to improve their individual abilities as well as their ability to work as part of a team.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jinna Tay

Notes

The unit has a fieldtrip component - see the [http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/[field-tripshttp://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/[field-trips (http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/[field-trips)/]] page for further information

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to theories and fields of practice organised around 'getting attention' in and through the media. It focuses particularly on celebrity and fashion as two paradigmatic fields in which this is central. It provides students with a theoretical and historical understanding of publicity as a general field, from the emergence of the movie star and the development of magazine journalism to celebrity Twitter feeds and contemporary public relations. It will consider arguments about the 'noise' or 'clutter' of contemporary media and the increasing importance of an 'attention economy'. It will also introduce some of the major fields of professional practice which have developed around publicity.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a theoretical understanding of the way in which attention is gained in communication and the media.
  2. show a knowledge of the historical development of celebrity and fashion.
  3. identify a range of professional practices organised around publicity.
  4. recognise arguments about increasing 'noise' and 'clutter' in contemporary media and the relevance of the concept of an 'attention economy'.
  5. develop practical responses to problems of gaining attention in the media, including its ethical dimension.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with the organisation, objectives and operations of typical publishing firms. Principles and practices of management in the publishing industry. Topics include the objectives of the firm; decision-making processes; the management of intellectual property, including contracting with authors, suppliers, distributors, other publishers; financial management; the creation and supervision of teams; the supervision of team-leaders and project managers; staff appraisals; the management of specialists and suppliers, including outsourcing; information technology, records and archives management; managing change in the firm. The unit comprises an internship component. Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision.

Outcomes

Undertaking and completing this subject the student will:

  1. achieve a sound understanding of the importance and role of management in publishing;
  2. achieve an understanding of key principles and practices applicable to the publishing firm;
  3. achieve an understanding of the organisation of the publishing firm and of the publishing industry;
  4. develop analytical, problem-solving skills appropriate to the context of publishing management.
  5. be capable of developing innovative solutions to problems;
  6. develop effective communication and presentation skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Ms Trischa Mann; Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

The professional editor is central to the operations of a publishing house. He, or she, sets or maintains editorial and production standards and is responsible for day-to-day management of major publishing projects (including complex electronic publications), the publishing program and the editorial and production team. The professional editor will have trained as a copy-editor. This advanced unit will concentrate on developing understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations. The unit comprises an internship component. Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision.

Outcomes

Undertaking and completing this subject the student will

  1. acquire an understanding of the role of the senior or managing editor in a publishing house;
  2. acquire an understanding of the responsibilities of the professional editor in major publishing projects and also in-house or freelance editors, designers, illustrators and book production staff;
  3. be able to scrutinise codes of publishing practice and editorial standards;

have an ability to critically review style guides and production manuals;

  1. possess an understanding of the role of the professional editor in the development of complex electronic publications;
  2. have a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations;
  3. produce innovative solutions to problems;
  4. develop effective communication and presentation skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the practical aspects of teaching World Englishes in a variety of multilingual, intra/international contexts. It covers diverse topics that equip students with knowledge and skills to teach World Englishes. Topics range from instructional language in a World-Englishes lesson to curriculum development for World-Englishes courses, and from intercultural pedagogy to assessing multidialectal and intercultural competencies. Students are provided with the opportunity to observe the practices of teaching World Englishes, to develop their own World-Englishes curriculum, to practise teaching World Englishes, and to engage in critical reflections and evaluations of their own practices.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate advanced understanding of the practical aspects of teaching World Englishes in a variety of international contexts;
  2. exhibit the skills to teach World Englishes in a variety of international contexts;
  3. develop a learning curriculum and syllabus for teaching Englishes for multidialectal/international communication;
  4. critically engage in evaluating practices of teaching World Englishes;
  5. Profile pedagogical ideas that are informed by the latest literature on teaching Englishes for multidialectal/international communication.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4020


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Melanie Burns (Semester 1); Dr Louisa Willoughby (Semester 2)

Synopsis

Explore the role of language in society by examining language variation and change, multilingualism and how individuals adjust their speech to the situations they find themselves in. In this introductory unit, you will explore regional and social variation in language as well as topics such as language and gender, language and power and language policy. A key focus of this unit is the different methods of inquiry used in sociolinguistics. Students apply their insights to a range of practical situations, including surveying speakers about their language use and examining language policies in schools and workplaces.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand and be able to apply key terms and concepts used in sociolinguistics.
  2. Reflect on their own sociolinguistic repertoire.
  3. Apply sociolinguistic insights to their own professional context.
  4. Describe the main data gathering methods used in sociolinguistics, and select appropriate methods for a range of research questions.
  5. Engage in informed debate on matters of theoretical and practical significance in the areas of language and society, language education, language purism and language planning.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Melanie Burns (Semester 1); Dr Louisa Willoughby (Semester 2)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4346


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Term 3 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Director of relevant Graduate Program

Notes

Synopsis

Students undertake a project defined by a partner organisation domestically or internationally with the approval of the unit coordinator. The placement may be an affiliated arrangement where a consultancy or research project is carried out in association with the company and physical location at the company is not required. Partner organisations may be from a diverse range of industries and sectors, including government departments, private industry and not-for-profit organisations. Students communicate the project findings in the format specified by the partner organisation, such as a consultation paper, report, commentary, manual, submission or speech. The partner organisation provides field supervision, and the faculty provides academic supervision.

Outcomes

  1. Apply broad discipline knowledge to find solutions to complex problems
  2. Exercise critical thinking and professional judgement in developing new understandings
  3. Show technical skill in designing, conducting and reporting on a research project
  4. Plan and execute a professional project with a degree of independence and accountability
  5. Communicate in a clear and coherent way that is effective for the purpose and the intended audience
  6. Collaborate with others on a project in a workplace setting

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Average of 70 Distinction across 24 credit points of core coursework units and approval from course coordinator. Subject to an interview.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Samanthi Gunawardana

Synopsis

The unit will introduce students to the main debates, concepts and practices in the field of gender and international development. We will explore broader debates and conceptual frameworks relating to gender and development including conceptual approaches to gender and gender equity. Practice frameworks such as empowerment, gender analysis, gender budget formulation, gender sensitive evaluation, and gender mainstreaming will be explored.

Outcomes

  1. Develop an understanding of theories and concepts on gender and gender relations as they pertain to development practice.
  2. Knowledge of the evolution of approaches to gender and development.
  3. Familiarity with and practice in applying tools in development practice.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Melanie Burns (Semester 1); Dr Louisa Willoughby (Semester 2)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to fundamental concepts in linguistics and the properties that distinguish language from other communication systems. In essence, this unit provides a technical foundation for later work in applied areas of the discipline. It explores areas such as the sounds of speech (phonetics and phonology), what makes a sentence grammatically correct (morphology and syntax) and how we derive meaning from utterances (semantics and pragmatics). The unit enhances students' knowledge of the workings of English and also introduces students to data from a range of other languages for the purposes of comparison.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics;
  2. apply linguistic analysis techniques to a range of data sets;
  3. understand and appropriately use discipline-specific technical terms and notation conventions introduced in the unit;
  4. apply linguistic insights to everyday experience.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Melanie Burns (Semester 1); Dr Louisa Willoughby (Semester 2)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4698


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Roby Marlina

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore issues that surround the teaching of English as International Language. Through an examination of prescribed texts the unit offers an analysis of the socio-cultural, ideological, and linguistic issues that arise from the teaching of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication. Students will be introduced to a range of views and positions regarding the nature of EIL including how it should be taught and evaluated.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of views and positions that have been developed in the literature regarding the teaching of English of as an International Language
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of the linguistic, ideological, and socio-cultural issues that surround the use of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication
  3. knowledge of the available views and positions on issues such as the 'ownership' of English and 'proficiency' in EIL.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4735


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedSuzhou First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Shani Tobias(Clayton); Dr Thomas Chase (SEU)

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study Overseas page for further information http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/study-overseas/

Synopsis

This subject addresses specific translation issues in various professional and social settings which willbe approached firstly, through theoretical discussion in relation to context and cognitive environment, followed by the practical translation of authentic texts, which illustrate the issues involved.

Outcomes

  1. translate a variety of linguistic registers, informed by theoretical insight
  2. develop specialized competence in one or more areas of professional discourse
  3. develop a glossary by which they can expand and store their knowledge of specialised terms and how they might be used
  4. identify and discuss theoretical and methodological issues related to the translation of different professional discourses
  5. utilise problem-solving strategies for specialist discourses
  6. use a variety of specialised dictionaries, glossaries, and web-based translation aids.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

APG5875 or APG4813

Prohibitions

APG4815


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marc Orlando

Synopsis

This unit consists of two components:

  1. An introduction to the theory, principles and techniques of interpreting and an overview of ethical and professional issues;
  2. The practice of consecutive interpreting: dialogue interpreting and speech interpreting.

Topics to be covered include an overview of the history, of the essential theoretical concepts and of the ethical principles of interpreting; aspects of speaking, listening and non-verbal communication fundamental to consecutive interpreting.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit, students should have gained:

  1. the basic techniques of interpreting in a dialogue mode and of providing consecutive interpreting of speeches,
  2. all the skills of analytic reading and listening, memorization, note-taking, and they should be able to apply them to the different modes of interpreting,
  3. an understanding of ethics of the profession and of their appreciation in various interpreting situations,
  4. a socio-cultural knowledge for the various domains of interpreting in Australia,
  5. an appreciation of the history of the interpreting profession, in Australia and worldwide.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4816


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Tebbutt

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to principles of problem-solving in communication and media research. It will consider a range of traditional and emerging research methods - including textual analysis, content analysis, interviews, ethnographic fieldwork, digital humanities approaches, sentiment analysis and audience research. The focus, however, will be not be simply on learning and applying these methods, but also on understanding their relation to problems in the fields they address. The unit will develop skills in research design, from identifying productive research questions to selecting appropriate methodologies and project planning. These skills provide a platform for further development in the Communications Research Project or Masters Honours Thesis.

Outcomes

  1. A familiarity with the major research methods used in communication and media studies.
  2. An understanding of the difference between research topics and research questions and an ability to identify productive research questions.
  3. An ability to apply research methods critically and appropriately in addressing research questions.
  4. A capacity to design research projects in communication and media studies, from conceptualization to project planning.
  5. An ability to develop innovative solutions to problems in communication and media studies [cf. Monash Graduate Attributes Policy].
  6. An ability to apply research skills to a range of challenges in communication and media studies [cf. Monash Graduate Attributes Policy].

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4396 Researching and writing Australia


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

The unit provides in-depth coverage of specific (traditional or new/emerging) topics in bioethics, including the latest research on the topics of focus. The topic of focus will (usually) differ each time this unit is offered--and will reflect current research of the instructor(s) (who will sometimes be visiting/guest lecturers) and/or recent literature (e.g, new books) of special importance. The topic of focus during semesters in which this unit will be offered will be announced in advance via the Centre for Human Bioethics website (see: http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/bioethics/postgraduate-units-offered-by-the-centre-for-human-bioethics/)

Outcomes

  1. In-depth familiarity with recent developments in bioethics research
  2. In-depth understanding of complexity surrounding specific traditional and/or newly emerging topics in bioethics of special importance
  3. The ability to provide rigorous, in-depth analysis of bioethical issues
  4. The ability to develop and articulate one's own position regarding bioethical issues of special importance
  5. The ability to pursue advanced research in bioethics

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

APG4393, APG5393, or equivalent


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Samanthi Gunawardana

Synopsis

The unit provides students with high level skills in research design, research methods and effective and ethical research practice for development work, and to enact change. The focus is on how development workers use research, identifying when research is the best approach, and how to use research to enact policy and practice transformation. Topics covered include successful research design, understanding and selecting appropriate qualitative and quantitative methods, ethical research practices, data analysis and fieldwork practice. We will also examine the importance of communicating research and promoting research uptake. Students complete both written work and oral presentations in these areas.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Apply advanced skills in research design;
  2. Apply advanced skills in qualitative and quantitative research methods;
  3. Demonstrate grounded knowledge of and practice in applying appropriate data collection, analysis and fieldwork practices for research;
  4. Apply knowledge of ethical research practices;
  5. Demonstrate high level written and oral skills required for postgraduate study.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nadine Normand-Marconnet

Notes

Synopsis

The internship (postgraduate) is aimed at helping students gain real world experiences in a range of professional industries. By working with professionals students will be able to acquire skills that will help prepare them for the transition from university to the work place. In applying the knowledge acquired in the classroom, students are able to broaden their understanding of the discipline. The coursework component of the unit will require students to engage in a critical reflective process and this will be evidenced by completion of at least one of the following: critical portfolio, internship reports, critical research essays, or through alternative assessment as appropriate to the specific parameters of the internship. Employers participating in the internship may also become a useful recruitment resource for graduates.

Outcomes

The internship unit aims to help students to:

  1. obtain practical experience in a professional sector.
  2. draw conclusions about the criteria and skills involved in a practical working environment.
  3. apply the principles and practices acquired in their study
  4. demonstrate their skills to prospective employers
  5. make decisions about their careers
  6. reflect on the connection between theory and practice

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Industry placement

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by unit co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

APG4059


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Swati Parashar

Synopsis

Gender perspectives around issues of conflict and security are essential to understanding the changing dynamics of international politics and development. Drawing upon feminist theorising in international relations, security studies and global political economy, this course unit shall be useful for students from a variety of disciplines interested in gender policy work. Students will undertake a thorough gendered critique of the theory and practice across the areas of conflict and security. Through a range of learning activities, students will examine competing frameworks and alternative possibilities for analysis and action in the work of development and governance agencies associated with security and gender mainstreaming.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. An ability to critically engage in key debates framing global politics and international relations
  2. An ability to work in and adapt to a variety of different cultural and professional environments
  3. An ability to display intricate knowledge of a variety of value and ethical systems, and conduct themselves professionally in all working environments
  4. An ability to be innovators in their chosen field
  5. An ability to apply the highest standard of analytical and critical skills
  6. An ability to design and manage large and focused research projects
  7. An ability to communicate succinctly, directly, and highly effectively

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sam Suliman

Synopsis

In recent decades, migration has become a core concern for International Relations and Development strategists and practitioners. How can we explain and respond to the governance challenges posed by irregular labour migration and spontaneous flows of refugees, asylum seekers and internally displaced people? What is the relationship between security, development and different kinds of population movements? This unit provides students with an overview of global governance in relation to migration, focusing on the migration-development nexus and humanitarian responses to forced migration. Students will undertake a thorough critique of the theory and practice of governance across these areas. Through a range of learning activities, students will examine competing frameworks for governance and alternative possibilities for analysis and action in the work of development and governance agencies associated with migration and border control.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand key concepts and diverse factors influencing development-related migration flows and associated regulatory and humanitarian interventions;
  2. Critically analyse and evaluate policy proposals, regulatory frameworks, institutional apparatus and normative arguments in relation to the governance of migration;
  3. Identify and connect with global networks of government agencies, inter-governmental institutions, policy think-tanks, research centres, NGOs, advocacy and activist organizations related to migration and development;
  4. Recognise the ways in which diverse theoretical perspectives lead to alternative and competing possibilities for analysis and action in the work of development and other agencies associated with migration;
  5. Prepare critically informed oral and written work appropriate for studies at postgraduate level and appropriate for professional engagement in the development sector;

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedOverseas Term 3 2015 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Professor Justin O'Connor; Dr Xin Gu

Notes

Synopsis

This unit takes staff and students to Shanghai. Students will receive lectures from Monash staff and engage in observational study of China's biggest city. Shanghai is the economic capital of China and the site where western modernity first made landfall in the 1850s. Since that time it has evolved under a complex mix of domestic and international influences. Since 1992 it has been promoted as China's global city and has used arts and culture, and later the cultural creative industries as an essential part of this ambition. This unit allows students to experience this dynamic city first hand, guided by Monash staff who have researched and lived in the city. Students will be given local context, information and a research overview by Monash staff who will also supervise small study excursions of the city.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Have an introductory understanding of the historical development of cultural economy in Shanghai
  2. Have an appreciation of the specific and practical challenges and opportunities facing those wotking the the cultural industries and cultural clusters in Shanghai
  3. Have a high degree of intercultural competence and effectively engage with students and staff from different cultures and places.
  4. Be able to write and communicate effectively and in analytical depth
  5. Show an ability to operate indepedently and responsibly in a different cultural context.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2015

Synopsis

This unit examines the relationship between cultural production and consumption and new agendas for sustainable economic and social development developed by UNESCO, the World Bank and other international agencies. By cultural economy we include the broad range of cultural/creative industries, arts and traditional cultural practices and products, handicraft and forms of manufacture. We explicitly situate these as economic practices embedded in wider social and cultural contexts. Through our interdisciplinary and practice-based approach, we examine how cultural economies might be used to provide employment, strengthen identity and resilience and point to more sustainable, less volatile and dependent growth for developing countries. Through lectures, case studies and workshops, students are encouraged to bring their own experiences to bear on this emerging field of development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Have a broad overview of contemporary issues in cultural economy and development
  2. Have an appreciation of the specific and practical challenges and opportunities for cultural economies in developing countries
  3. Apply independent research skills to a range of problems in the field of culture and sustainable development
  4. Be able to write and communicate effectively and in analytical depth
  5. Have a high degree of intercultural competence and effectively engage with the culture and development agenda in different parts of the world
  6. Be able to effectively utilise academic concepts to identify and investigate concrete challenges and issues in cultural development

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Justin O'Connor

Notes

The unit has a fieldtrip component - see the Arts Field Trips page for further information http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/field-trips/

Synopsis

This unit examines the complex notion of 'the creative city' through a combination of conceptual, case study workshop and local fieldwork. The unit examines the discourse of 'creative city' in academic and policy-oriented literature as a form of urban governance, city branding, urban regeneration and community-based arts and cultural interventions. It will use key case studies to link these discourses to concrete situations, requiring the students to bring their own experiences and take an active stance towards the aspirations and problematics embedded within these cases. There will be small limited fieldwork (normally within Melbourne) in order that students can lead and participate in workshop sessions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Have a broad overview of contemporary issues involved in discourses and practices around the creative city.
  2. Have an appreciation of the specific and practical challenges and opportunities involved in the different dimensions of 'creative city' initiatives.
  3. Apply independent research skills to a range of problems in the field of creative cities
  4. Be able to write and communicate effectively and in analytical depth
  5. Be able to effectively utilise academic concepts to identify and investigate concrete challenges and issues in creative city initiatives

Fieldwork

There will be observational fieldwork within Melbourne, mainly the CBD. This would involve 8 hours maximum

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015

Synopsis

The unit explores the production, consumption and distribution of contemporary art from sociological and historical perspectives. By 'art worlds' we understand the complex relationship between artists, institutions, markets and related skills and services. This unit will explore these relationships in detail using local and international case studies. Students will gain an understanding of the changing values and practices of contemporary art, including new artistic practices in urban spaces, the changing practices of museums (blockbusters, experience-based curation), the globalization of the contemporary art market and the investment by cities in contemporary art as part of global branding strategies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand the relationship between the production of contemporary art, markets, galleries and museums;
  2. Understand the social, economic and cultural contexts of contemporary art distribution and consumption;
  3. Critically analyse the different values brought to bear by public, private and not-for-profit sectors;
  4. Present research and ideas orally in a seminar environment;
  5. Employ high level independent research skills.

Fieldwork

Students will be required to attend a 1-3 day field trip to a gallery or network of galleries. This may be undertaken in Melbourne but may involve travel to interstate institutions, such as the MONA gallery in Hobart.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Field trip of one to three days

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of one of the core units (APG4900 or APG5662)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Adam Berryman

Synopsis

The global human rights regime, the principles, norms, and rules designed to protect all individuals regardless of their place and position, is a contemporary creation. The unit will investigate the philosophical origins of both the concept of universal human rights as well as the efforts to enshrine and protect these rights through the 20th and 21st centuries. Focus will be on exploring the tension between this universalist principle and the role of states as both protectors and violators of human rights, the role of international organisations as well as legal mechanisms championing human rights, as well as critical voices who question the utility and purpose of the global human rights regime.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. critically engage in key debates framing global politics and international relations;
  2. work in and adapt to a variety of different cultural and professional environments;
  3. display intricate knowledge of a variety of value and ethical systems, and conduct themselves professionally in all working environments;
  4. be innovators in their chosen field;
  5. apply the highest standard of analytical and critical skills;
  6. design and manage large and focussed research projects;
  7. communicate succinctly, directly, and highly effectively.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb (Semester 1); Dr Nasya Bahfen(Semester 2)

Synopsis

The unit serves as an introduction to all of the various forms of research, writing and production, which are honed and developed in later units. Working in all media - digital, print, video and audio - students learn the fundamentals of what journalism is, what news is, how to find and research stories and how to write and present them. Students are also introduced to multi-skilling, including self-editing, headline writing and photography. Students develop a number of stories working independently and in groups and are encouraged to get their stories published.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to work in all media to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story and conduct interviews.
  2. Demonstrate an ability to write in a clear, concise, factual way using news and feature conventions.
  3. Take appropriate photographs and caption them to complement a story.
  4. Identify key ethical and legal obligations associated with reporting.
  5. Work independently and in groups to produce news reports.
  6. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, and report under pressure.
  7. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues related to lifestyle journalism.
  8. Demonstrate an ability to write under pressure.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nasya Bahfen

Synopsis

There is a clear trend to mobile journalism, both for producers and consumers.
There are many skills that the modern journalist must develop, including writing, editing, headline writing, caption writing, social media monitoring and strategies to break news via social media platforms, live writing and tweeting during event coverage via live blogs, search engine optimisation techniques, writing for digital platforms and basic video and photography skills. The new newsroom also aims to produce fresh, lively content which is mostly visually stimulating and can be updated to maximise interest and reader engagement.
The skills are varied, depending on the exact nature of the journalist's role, whether it is a breaking news journalist, a specialist reporter, a digital journalist or a digital producer. There are many reporting and production skills, executed through a systematic process in the news cycle. This unit uses custom built facilities and online publishing outlets to provide students with new newsroom skills.
This unit also features industry engagement and in-house internship opportunities working with highly experienced Monash permanent and sessional staff.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

1 Have a deep conceptual overview of the Internet and its functionality.
2 Understand the range of Internet resources available for journalism research.
3. Understand the key usability factors that determine good digital design and presentation.
4. Be able to research and report for digital media and to locate their output within the context of an evolving global medium.
5. Produce a digital report using text, sound and images.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCriminology
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

The unit is offered as a Term 3 unit - see the Winter Arts ProgramWinter Arts Program (http://www.monash.edu/students/courses/arts/winter-program.html) page for further information.

Synopsis

The unit provides a critical understanding of the politics which inform the conceptualisation and understanding of international justice. This involves interrogating the motivations and agents responsible for the formation of international bodies, such as the United Nations, the International Criminal Court and other relevant organizations, in defining and addressing issues of justice. Central to the politics of international justice is the issue of how and where power manifests in these diverse mechanisms, the impact this has on the framing of human rights and the subsequent delivery of appropriate responses to the violation of these rights. The unit covers a broad range of topics in which international justice plays a crucial role such as war, economic and environmental crimes and further broadens the debate beyond legally defined criminal acts to include social harm within a global context.

Outcomes

  1. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to critically engage in key debates framing global politics and international relations.
  2. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to work in and adapt to a variety of different cultural and professional environments.
  3. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to display intricate knowledge of a variety of value and ethical systems, and conduct themselves professionally in all working environments.
  4. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to be innovators in their chosen field.
  5. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to apply the highest standard of analytical and critical skills.
  6. Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to design and manage large and focussed research projects.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Synopsis

This unit explores long-form journalism. Students may choose to work in print, audio, video and/or digital environments. Students will develop a story idea through to full production using in-depth journalistic and creative practices. Students work independently and collaboratively during the production. They produce a critical evaluation of their own and others productions and supply constructive feedback to their peers. This unit presumes students have competency with a range of production equipment and software as required in their chosen medium.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. be able to research and write/produce long-form narrative journalism at a professional standard.
  2. have a strong understanding of the ethical and social issues associated with in-depth interviewing, researching and writing.
  3. be able to publish long-form stories.
  4. understand and work within and among the generic conventions of journalism and broader styles of non-fiction writing.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Chubb

Synopsis

The unit is for students interested in freelance journalism to develop the skills to be self-sufficient and successful in the modern era.
Historic changes are sweeping through the media industry, causing the old empires to shrink. There are many positive aspects to this revolution, including a much greater diversity of voices and more engaging and creative ways for journalists to tell their stories while involving their audiences in stimulating and fruitful interactions. At the same time, the new outlets are smaller and, while continuing to publish, are struggling to understand what will unfold in the next chapter in the history of journalism. Many graduates now see the need to develop skills in freelancing, marketing and running a business in an era when the cost of setting up a global/local publishing vehicle is close to zero.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Be able to establish and maintain a journalism blog capable of attracting attention in a global marketplace.
  2. Have a strong understanding of the marketing and business issues associated with a presence on the web.
  3. Develop a proposal for a web presence within a commercial framework.
  4. Establish a web presence within a commercial framework.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

The unit is offered as a Winter Semester unit - see the Winter Arts ProgramWinter Arts Program (http://www.monash.edu/students/courses/arts/winter-program.html) page for further information.

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and to extend language skills acquired in Intensive introductory indonesian. In the cultural component students further develop their understanding of the factors that influence development in the region. It is specifically designed to further develop the language and cultural competencies required for fieldwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. understand and speak basic Indonesian in a range of everyday situations and fieldwork specific contexts
  2. read elementary but authentic Indonesian texts related to working context
  3. understand structural aspects of Indonesian
  4. have an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies, and
  5. understand and have the means to evaluate developments in Indonesian society, culture, politics, and religions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by the unit co-ordinator

Prohibitions

APG4201


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Paul Thomas

Notes

The unit is offered as a Winter Semester unit - see the Winter Arts ProgramWinter Arts Program (http://www.monash.edu/students/courses/arts/winter-program.html) page for further information.

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide a basic foundation in the basic language skills essential to fieldwork. The skills of listening, speaking, and reading Indonesian are the focus, together with an introduction to contemporary Indonesian social and political history and culture. It is specifically designed for those students who have little or no knowledge of the language and wish to develop the language and cultural competencies required for fieldwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. Understand and speak basic Indonesian in a range of everyday situations
  2. read elementary but authentic Indonesian texts
  3. understand basic structural aspects of Indonesian
  4. have an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies
  5. understand key aspects of contemporary Indonesian culture and society.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval of the unit co-ordinator

Prohibitions

APG4202


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Carlos Uxo

Notes

The unit is offered as a Winter Semester unit - see the Winter Arts ProgramWinter Arts Program (http://www.monash.edu/students/courses/arts/winter-program.html) page for further information.

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide a basic foundation in the basic language skills essential to fieldwork. The skills of listening, speaking, and reading Spanish are the focus, together with an introduction to contemporary Latin American social and political history and culture. It is specifically designed for those students who have little or no knowledge of the language and wish to develop the language and cultural competencies required for fieldwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. Understand and speak basic Spanish with reference to present, past and future events in a range of everyday situations
  2. read elementary but authentic texts in Spanish
  3. understand basic structural aspects of Spanish
  4. have an enhanced understanding of language learning and communication strategies, and
  5. understand key aspects of contemporary Latin American culture and society.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval by the unit co-ordinator

Prohibitions

APG4207


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Carlos Uxo

Notes

The unit is offered as a Winter Semester unit - see the Winter Arts ProgramWinter Arts Program (http://www.monash.edu/students/courses/arts/winter-program.html) page for further information.

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and to extend language skills acquired in Intensive Introductory Spanish. In the cultural component students further develop their understanding of the factors that influence development in the region. It is specifically designed to further develop the language and cultural competencies required for fieldwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, learners should be able to:

  1. interact in most everyday social situations with confidence and fluency in their use of the Spanish language
  2. vary the tone and register of their oral production
  3. read simply-structured texts relevant to their field of study and articles in newspapers and periodicals
  4. develop their understanding of the factors that influence development in Latin America.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval of the unit co-ordinator

Prohibitions

APG4208


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Douglas

Notes

This unit is only available to Medical students only

Synopsis

The unit provides a broad overview of the discipline of bioethics. Following an introduction to ethical theory and bioethical analysis, it covers traditional topics in bioethics and contemporary/emerging issues of bioethical debate--including doctor-patient relationships, ethical issues at the beginning and end of life, research ethics, ethical issues surrounding new (e.g., genetic) technologies, justice and the distribution of medical resources, and public health ethics.

Outcomes

  1. To obtain familiarity with the broad range of ethical issues arising in healthcare and biomedical science and technology;
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to bioethics;
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in bioethics;
  4. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
+ The unit is taught intensively.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Angus

Synopsis

The unit examines the process of economic development and its effects on prosperity, poverty and sustainability. The unit begins by studying the sources of prosperity via economic growth in the modern era, with particular reference to the Great Divergence in incomes that started during the 1800s. Second, the unit asks why some economic systems have prospered, whilst others have declined by turning its attention to disparate experiences of world-wide economic growth such as poverty and starvation. Finally we study the effects and prospects for future economic development in the context of environmental sustainability and climate change.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this subject, students should have developed:

  1. An understanding of economic analysis as a key tool in explaining and understanding the disparate levels of wealth observed in the modern world
  2. Knowledge of the key components of Economics thinking
  3. The ability to use this analysis to identify the underlying causes of economic prosperity, poverty and environmental degradation in the modern global economy
  4. Skills in critical analysis of policies aimed at alleviating global poverty such as the Millenium Development Goals, especially as they relate to sub-Saharan Africa
  5. Skills in the critical assessment of academic contributions to issues of economic development and growth

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Exam: 50%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ECF9530, ECC2800, APG4429, APG5429


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhysical Geography
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Connor

Synopsis

The unit provides a broad introduction to ecology and environmental management for candidates looking to develop an ecological literacy base for their professional careers. It is suitable for those with little or no prior ecological experience. Through Australian and international case studies, the unit provides practical experience in the application of ecological knowledge to make informed, science-based management and policy decisions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, candidates will have gained the ability to:

  1. Explain key concepts in biodiversity, ecological succession, disturbance and resilience as they relate to current environmental issues
  2. Apply appropriate field/laboratory methods for flora and fauna analysis
  3. Use online geospatial resources, mapping and data-handling tools
  4. Critically evaluate and write scientific reports
  5. Relate ecological knowledge to management practice and policy

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Field trip

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4430, APG5430


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time
  2. the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises
  3. knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations
  4. the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity
  5. an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society
  6. an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice
  7. an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation
  8. the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

ATS4264


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Yana Taylor

Synopsis

This unit explores ways of rethinking theatre history, including: challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and canonical assumptions; implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to other disciplines; reframing canonical texts in light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and the implications for historicised interpretation. It examines plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and specific recent re-readings. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Outcomes

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form
  7. At fifth-year level students will be required to pay specific attention to a theoretical area, such as gender, race or identity politics, in their final essay.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

ATS4421/APG4421 is a compulsory class in the programme


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Synopsis

Extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. It will extend to the 'art of fiction', the practicalities of creating a narrative from idea development and the mechanics of writing to marketing strategies. Students will review 'canonical' creative texts alonside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APG4272, APR5272


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Nathan Wolski

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 75%
Exam: 25%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4289, APG4289


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Baker

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

ATS4290, APG4290


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Markus

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and ideas of progress and destiny in relation to the Holocaust. It will consider eugenics, the variants of anti-semitism and of nationalism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers genocidal thought evident in colonial Australia, the Bosnian wars, and apocalyptic religion.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Seamus O'Hanlon

Synopsis

This unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.
  2. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.
  3. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.
  4. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.
  5. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

ATS4295, APG4295


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Reto Hofmann

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured
  5. An ability to undertake independent research
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4296, ATS4296


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4297, APG4297


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Seamus O'Hanlon

Synopsis

As per APG4299

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value
  2. know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment
  3. have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites
  4. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions
  5. have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations
  6. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.
  7. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.

Students undertaking the unit at 5th year level will:

  1. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Bain Attwood

Synopsis

This unit is designed to improve your understanding of the craft of writing history. The emphasis throughout is on reading history across different periods and places in order to appreciate the strategies used in the writing of history. A variety of styles and genres of historical writing will be studied, in order to analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, documentation and the onus of proof. The unit also encourages self-conscious reflection about style, prose and voice, and has workshops designed to improve and extend students own experience of writing history.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate their ability to examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected historians.
  2. Analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.
  3. Demonstrate a high level of development of practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4301, APG4301


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitAustralian Centre for Jewish Civilisation
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Michael Fagenblat

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.
  2. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.
  3. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.
  4. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, APG4302, APG5302, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)David Garrioch

Synopsis

As for APG4303

Outcomes

In addition to the general objectives for fifth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.
  2. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.
  3. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.
  4. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.
  5. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.
  6. A sophisticated grasp of the relevant historiography and of theoretical and methodological issues in environmental history.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 75%
Exam: 25%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4303, GES4180, APG4303


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Kat Ellinghaus

Notes

Previously coded HYM5185

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how race was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Alistair Thomson

Synopsis

Through oral history, memory has become an important source for contemporary history. Historical memory is also central to the contemporary cultural politics of witnessing, commemoration and reconciliation. This unit introduces conceptual frameworks for analysis of memory sources, including oral history and life writing. Specific topics include oral history and social history, memory and collective identity, private and public memory, memory and narrative, psychoanalysis and history, and trauma and memory. Through readings and practical workshops, you will develop skills and understandings that will help you to interpret oral histories and other life narratives.

Outcomes

The unit aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.
  2. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.
  3. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.
  4. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.
  5. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Megan Cassidy-Welch

Notes

Previously coded HYM5330

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Europe from the twelfth to the early sixteenth century, including the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Medieval and Renaissance city.
  2. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.
  3. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.
  4. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.
  5. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.
  6. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.
  7. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.
  8. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious medieval and renaissance Europeans.
  9. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.
  10. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.
  11. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to genre and context.

Students taking the subject at Level 5 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4307 and APG4307


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

  1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy;
  2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE; and
  3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

Outcomes

The main objectives of the course are for students to develop:

  1. a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy
  2. an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation
  3. insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union
  4. a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Exam: 50%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4324, APG4324


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Luke Howie

Synopsis

This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

Outcomes

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of:
    1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts
    2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge
    3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.

  1. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).

  1. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

  1. To develop a sophisticated understanding of conceptual debates over politically motivated violence, especially how these debates have been shaped by divergent theories of globalisation.

  1. To develop a high level understanding of the moral ambiguities surrounding political violence, and how these ambiguities complicate measures to counter or control violence.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Exam: 50%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4327, APG4327


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Swati Parashar

Synopsis

The unit provides a critical understanding of the politics, which informs the conceptualisation of security and securitisation within the field of International Relations. Central to the debates around security are issues of power, language, discourse and subjectivity; who/what is to be 'secured', by what means? The unit covers a broad range of topics around traditional realist and critical conceptualisations of security, with particular focus on the Copenhagen and Aberystwyth Schools, Postcolonial and Feminist Security Studies. The conceptual understandings of security and the articulation of 'threats' will be further applied to specific case studies for a deeper engagement.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. An ability to critically engage in key debates framing global politics and international relations around the issue of 'security'.
  2. An ability to work in and adapt to a variety of different cultural and professional environments
  3. An ability to display intricate knowledge of a variety of value and ethical systems, and conduct themselves professionally in all working environments
  4. An ability to be innovators in their chosen field
  5. An ability to apply the highest standard of analytical and critical skills
  6. An ability to design and manage large and focused research projects
  7. An ability to communicate succinctly, directly, and highly effectively

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4332, APG4332


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Ms Susan Carland; Mr Waleed Aly

Synopsis

This unit will explore how various understandings of Islamic thought and practice have responded to the challenges of the modern world. It will discuss how questions of rights, gender equality, freedom of religion and democratic representation that mark the modern political system have been viewed by Muslim thinkers. This is a survey unit that will explore the diversity of thoughts among Islamic actors, with emphasis on "modernist/reformist" thinkers. The first half of the unit will explore the complexity of issues and the question of compatibility between Islam and modernity. The second half of the unit will focus on a number of reformist Muslim thinkers who have reworked tradition and articulated new ideas with emphasis given to thinkers and movements in India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Turkey and a number of key reformist Islamic thinkers in the West. The unit's aim is to deepen the understanding of Islam as well as modernity and the West.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Exam: 60%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben MacQueen

Synopsis

The unit will explore modern political governance; the modes of authority, control, and participation within and amongst states. The focus of this unit is on dominant modes of governance, with a particular emphasis on processes of democracy and democratisation. In exploration of this, the unit will explore the development of formal participatory democracy, particularly liberal democracy, as a global norm through the 20th century before examining the pressures for and against democratic development across the world. From a focus on various forms of established liberal democracy (presidential and parliamentary systems), this unit will move to detailed case studies of the Middle East, Latin America, and South-East Asia to investigate efforts at formalising political participation, the persistence of informal modes of participation, and the perseverance of autocratic and authoritarian rule.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. An ability to critically engage in key debates framing global politics and international relations
  2. An ability to work in and adapt to a variety of different cultural and professional environments
  3. An ability to display intricate knowledge of a variety of value and ethical systems, and conduct themselves professionally in all working environments
  4. An ability to be innovators in their chosen field
  5. An ability to apply the highest standard of analytical and critical skills
  6. An ability to design and manage large and focused research projects
  7. An ability to communicate succinctly, directly, and highly effectively

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4337, APG4337


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Synopsis

Learn about the various approaches to research in applied linguistics. You will explore different data collection procedures, including interviewing, participant observation and questionnaire surveys. You will also investigate data description, analysis, interpretation, quantitative and qualitative research and ethical concerns relating to linguistic research.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English)
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Melanie Burns (DE); Dr Robyn Spence-Brown (Day)

Synopsis

The course will address key concepts, theoretical models, accepted approaches and contested frameworks and theories in the rapidly changing field of second language acquisition. Topics covered include models and theories of second language acquisition, first and second language acquisition, error analysis and interlanguage, interlanguage pragmatics, input and interaction, learner strategies, learning styles, cognitive processes, second language identity, learners' rights and methods in SLA research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. summarize key theoretical debates in relation to second language acquisition, and evaluate relevant empirical evidence;
  2. compare the work of competing theorists, and recognise their role in the development of SLA theory;
  3. reflect on their own language learning experience and classroom practice in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
  4. evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of second language acquisition;
  5. conduct a major research project on an area of second language acquisition.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two of the following units APG4698, APG4346, APG4020, APG4735, APG5046, APG5042, APG5047, APG5043.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Burridge

Synopsis

Explore the varieties of English around the world. You will study descriptive surveys of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties. Specific topics in this unit include: historical and cultural background and the current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and the Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation; notion of Standard English, attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the distinguishing linguistic features and historical development of a range of English varieties and the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used,
  2. Analyse the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and how this impacts on issues of status and function
  3. Explore new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms
  4. Understand and apply the practical upshots of these considerations in professional realms (education, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4349


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Paton

Synopsis

This unit enables students to read widely in a relevant topic within a cultural arts field, under the guidance of a supervisor. It may be an area not offered in any other fourth or fifth-year level unit, or involve building more in-depth knowledge in an area with which the student already has some familiarity. Details for the reading unit will be defined and approved individually for each student and will include objectives, assessment and an initial reading list. Students enrolling in this unit must have the approval of the unit coordinator.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained detailed knowledge and in-depth understanding of an area of interest to the student, which is not formally taught;
  2. developed an ability to analyse and construct arguments from a range of academic sources;
  3. developed skills at critiquing and evaluating others ideas, opinions and arguments;
  4. demonstrated a willingness to present ideas for scrutiny to a supervisor and accept criticism of those ideas;
  5. and learned self-reliance and time management skills in order to gain greater independence as a learner.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APG4363


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Bruce Missingham

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the leading approaches to community development in international and sustainable development. The unit emphasises contemporary theory and thinking on community development, coupled with an orientation to professional practice in real contexts, both internationally and locally. The impacts of globalisation are examined, both in terms of its negative consequences, but also in terms of creating new possibilities for activism and solidarity. The unit also focuses on the skills and methods of community development facilitators, and fosters and develops those skills in students through group activities such as simulations, role-plays, case studies and fieldtrips.

Outcomes

Students will understand the key concepts and major theoretical underpinnings of community development in international development and environmental sustainability; demonstrate knowledge of facilitation and implementation of community development in practice, and a range of contexts; be able to apply a range of professional skills in community development project design, management, monitoring and evaluation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4772


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the structure of the tourism industry from a global perspective. The key questions of: what types of tourists exist, who are the key players driving development and what are the basic economic principles of demand, supply and yield management that underpin its existence are addressed. Students are then presented with an overview of basic international service marketing concepts within a marketing planning framework. Topics include marketing research and analysis, the marketing mix, segmentation, target marketing, marketing strategy, communication methods, advertising, public relations and publicity.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of the structure and operation of the tourism industry globally, and within Australia
  2. The ability to undertake a critical analysis of tourism marketing strategies employed by countries, regions and individual firms
  3. An understanding the basic economic concepts associated with the tourism industry
  4. An understanding of the concepts and theories of marketing as applied to the tourism industry
  5. An understanding of the basic techniques and tools of marketing management as applied to the tourism industry
  6. Developed their research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATD4010, APG4389


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeff Jarvis

Notes

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as the rapid growth of the industry in emerging economies, poverty alleviation and development through tourism and the growth of "new tourism" and independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to an emerging tourism region such as Fiji (South Pacific), Vietnam (S.E Asia) or Estonia (Eastern Europe). (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. a developed capacity to undertake original research on an area of their particular interest;
  3. enhanced written and oral communication skills suitable for progress in the tourism profession;
  4. an understanding of key issues facing the future development of the industry in emerging economies;
  5. an understanding of the challenges facing tourism development in emerging tourism economies/regions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Field trip

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATD4060, APG4390


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Peter Douglas (Second Semester)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines several key perspectives in normative ethics, including Kantian ethics, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics, and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures or whether they can be objective, and the implications of research in social and moral psychology for accounts of moral motivation.

Outcomes

This unit has been designed to enable you to:

  • bring a solid theoretical framework to the analysis and evaluation of issues in bioethics;
  • recognise, analyse, and evaluate ethical arguments;
  • think critically about assumptions underlying debates in bioethics and applied ethics;
  • see that certain issues in ethical theory are of intrinsic interest and value.
  • develop a sufficient understanding of long-standing debates about the nature of ethics to provide a basis for forming your own views on these issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Peter Douglas (Second Semester)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APR5393, APG4393

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.

Outcomes

This unit has been designed to enable you to:

  • uncover a variety of important ethical and philosophical questions underlying discussions of issues regarding the beginning and the end of life, and new reproductive and biomedical technologies;
  • analyse these ethical and philosophical issues in detail, drawing on the different ethical theories discussed in APG4393/5393 Ethics;
  • make informed judgements about the ethics of certain biomedical technologies and clinical practices, and the ethics of various decisions regarding the beginning and end of life

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 75%
Exam: 25%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

APG4393, APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4394, APR5394

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Caron Dann

Synopsis

The subject examines the history of communications and media from the genesis of the mass circulation press to the new media of the 21st century. It provides students with an appreciation of how communication and media are shaped by technological advances, decisions by policy-makers and broader social forces. It also provides students with an opportunity to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major historical issue or event.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

In addition, students taking APG5397 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Matthew Sini

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the changing relationships between the media, telecommunications and computing industries. It investigates the practices of electronic publishing and its impact on the communications industry. The unit profiles both traditional media such as the book, print and broadcasting in the light of new forms of content delivery such as the web, wireless and digital broadcasting. It also explores the challenges of developing and delivering high-quality, user-focused content in a digital environment, including social media.

Outcomes

  1. To develop an understanding of developments in contemporary media and communications technologies within Australia and the world and identify their possible consequences;
  2. To form an understanding of the processes and effects of media convergence and the resultant changes in communications practices within the fields of journalism, publishing, television and film;
  3. To become familiar with issues and debates around new forms of media such as questions of privacy, fragmented audiences, access to online technology and challenges to the concept and legal framework of copyright;
  4. To be able to critically interrogate and evaluate online strategies and to understand the increasing importance of the role of social media in disseminating information, opinions and shared points of view, and building audiences online.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Xin Gu

Synopsis

This unit engages with the challenges facing the traditional media companies at a time when the mass-market and advertising business models that have long sustained them are under assault from new digital production and distribution technology that is fragmenting audiences and enabling smaller, more entrepreneurial organizations to compete against bureaucratic 'empires'. How do companies such as News Corporation, Channel Nine or Fairfax respond to the threats and opportunities posed by the new digital media businesses like Google, Apple iTunes and Facebook, and community activist projects such as Wikipedia that are leading and exploiting changes triggered by the digital revolution.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to;

  1. Critically analyse the business models of a variety of traditional media companies and the challenges and opportunities posed by new digital media;
  2. Assess government policy responses to issues arising from new digital technology, media convergence and fragmentation of audiences;
  3. Understand key debates surrounding transformation of public media, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation;
  4. Engage in discussion informed by current media research and theory about the changing media environment in Australia and internationally;
  5. Conduct independent research in the field of communications and media;
  6. Think critically and conceptually about contemporary media industries and how they relate with content producers and audiences.

In addition, students taking APG5401 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4720, APG4401


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Outcomes

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.
  6. At the fifth-year level students will be expected to transparently embed a critical approach or theory in the performance project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Megan Farrelly

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.
  2. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions',...).
  3. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.
  4. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.
  5. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.
  6. An in-depth understanding of the historical roots and current debates within one perspective.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4425


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Lane

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment;
  2. Understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment;
  3. Understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally;
  4. Skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Lane

Synopsis

This unit explores social and institutional frameworks for environmental governance. It considers the role, structure and processes of government, market and civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability agenda. The emphasis is on exploring the nature of contemporary environmental governance, evaluating the assumptions on which it is based, and taking a critically informed view of its strengths and limitations. We will feature case studies e.g. waste management, climate change, water management, where multiple agencies and organisations work within a complex environmental system to implement a range of interesting and innovative approaches to environmental governance.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An appreciation of the theoretical understandings of the shift from government to governance in respect of the environment and sustainability.
  2. An understanding of the role of government, markets and civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability.
  3. Familiarity with the mechanisms of command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms, citizen empowerment and community participation.
  4. A critical awareness of the issues surrounding contemporary forms and styles of environmental governance.
  5. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Stubbs

Synopsis

Corporate management for sustainable development is emerging as a core competency for business leaders. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, sustainable development increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Managers who understand the need for a strategic approach to corporate sustainability management will perform across the 'triple bottom line' of environmental, social and financial performance to preserve value and create new business opportunities.

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of leading-edge thinking and practice in the highly dynamic field of corporate sustainability management.
  2. The ability to develop and communicate a business case for sustainability.
  3. Familiarity with the conceptual frameworks and practical tools to apply sustainability in an organisational setting.

Students will share in a participative and collaborative learning environment. Corporate case studies and business speakers will enhance the 'real-world' relevance of the subject material.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4433


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Stubbs

Synopsis

As the sustainability agenda deepens, the public and private sectors face growing demands for accountability. This unit extends upon APG5433 and provides students with an overview of sustainability from an applied perspective, with a particular focus on effective measurement. Students examine i) how environmental and social performance interact with financial processes and measurement ii) steps, principles, tools and methodologies and their practical application when accounting for sustainability and its three capital stocks. This includes the how, what, when, where and why of measuring, monitoring, evaluating and reporting relevant sustainability related information.

Outcomes

Upon completing this Unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding why effective measurement is critical in driving the sustainability agenda and support business cases,
  2. develop measurement strategies and indicators,
  3. select the most appropriate measurement tools for a given situation, and
  4. critical insight into how leading organisations are measuring sustainability.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ben Wellings

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APG4435, ATS2522, ATS3522


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials
  11. Students completing this unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the role of the EU on the international scene.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Prohibitions

APG4438


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
Monash Passport categoryInternational Short Field Experience (Explore Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Arts Prato page for further information http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/prato/

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre in Italy, the unit will allow students to benefit from the experience of EU practitioners and highly qualified specialists from the European University Institute and other European Universities with which Monash has agreements. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Business and Economics or Law, students will attend lectures and seminars on economic, political, legal or cultural aspects of the European Union. Where feasible, the unit will include a study tour of European corporate and EU institutions, and will be open to students from other Australian universities. Students can also elect to conduct an autonomous research project.

Outcomes

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the European Union's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency), as well as of key European corporate institutions;
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 80%
Exam: 20%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two hours of preparatory lecture at Caulfield campus, 32 hours of lectures and seminars in Prato over two and a half weeks, plus 24 hours private study. Also, one hour of individual consultation with the unit coordinator upon return to Australia.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Mr Nicholas Parkin

Synopsis

This unit builds on core units APG5095 and APG5096 by introducing students to the day-to-day function of a working TV/radio studio. Students will learn the key skills required in broadcasting a program for TV and Radio including content production, studio equipment operation and presenting/interviewing skills. Students will critically consider the challenges of news and current affairs studio production. Students will also make use of a purpose-built newsroom for the learning of multimedia production techniques.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Competently produce television and radio content for broadcast online or on terrestrial devices;
  2. Work independently in a team and individually to produce journalism programs;
  3. Identify, observe key ethical and legal obligations associated with broadcast journalism and reflect critically on their own and others' performance in this regard;
  4. Demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines, report and present under pressure;
  5. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current and media issues;
  6. Competently operate a range of technology for the production of video and audio programs.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Karen Crinall

Synopsis

This unit addresses the socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts. Emphasis is placed on the requirement for human service organisations to exercise responsibility and accountability to the communities they serve.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;
  2. Identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;
  3. Critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector;
  4. Apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;
  5. Identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;
  6. Conduct a literature review; identify and critically discuss social, political and economic theories that have influenced the contemporary formation of the human services industry;
  7. Critically discuss and defend a theoretically informed position that proposes a solution to the increasing marketisation of the human services industry

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Cathy Trembath

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. demonstrate knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations including appropriate use of supervision and conflict management;
  3. demonstrate knowledge and skills in using and identify appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs;
  4. demonstrate an ability to critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations;
  5. demonstrate knowledge of organisational governance and its role in the effective functioning of the organisation;
  6. apply relevant theoretical concepts to a critical analysis of the effects of managerialism on professional values and ethics in the human service organisation;
  7. design and develop an appropriate policy and procedure document for a human service organisation, including a detailed implementation plan;
  8. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor JaneMaree Maher

Synopsis

This unit provides doctoral and masters students with high level skills in social science research design, research methods and effective and ethical research practice. Topics covered include successful research design, advanced qualitative methods, advanced quantitative methods, ethical research practices, data analysis and fieldwork practice. Students complete both written and oral presentations in these areas.

Outcomes

The learning goals of this unit are to:

  1. Acquire advanced skills in research design;
  2. Acquire advanced skills in qualitative and quantitative social science research methods;
  3. Achieve grounded knowledge of and practice in applying appropriate data collection, analysis and fieldwork practices for research;
  4. Achieve knowledge of ethical research practices;
  5. Ensure development of high level written and oral skills required for postgraduate study.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Review of all delivered content, active participation in student exercises, facilitated on-line.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG6600, APR5600 and APR6600


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Cheer

Notes

The unit has a fieldtrip component - see the Arts Field Trips page for further information http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/field-trips

Synopsis

Patterns of sustainable tourism product development and management and the contemporary role of planning for tourism. Key study areas comprise the future of global tourism, government policy and industry practice, the impacts of the tourism industry on the economy, communities and the environment and the design and implementation of tourism planning.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Encourage critical analysis of sustainable tourism development in terms of potential positive and negative impacts on cultures and the environment
  2. Familiarise students with the historical origins of tourism so that they may apply their understanding to contemporary tourism patterns and dilemmas
  3. Acquaint students with the planning and policy making role of Governments, private operators and communities in tourism development
  4. Enable students to 'read' changes in tourism landscapes from which they can draw conclusions and raise questions about future tourism development
  5. Familiarise students with planning procedures for tourism purposes
  6. Develop students' research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4709


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Synopsis

This unit will complement APG5690 Advanced Translation and follows on from APG5874 Practice of Conference Interpreting and translation. In this unit, students will be exposed to further training in consecutive interpreting, simultaneous interpreting and sight translation/interpretation, as well as theory of Interpreting Studies applied to conference contexts.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit students will have gained competence and knowledge in the following :

The theory of Interpreting Studies

  1. Students will be made aware of advanced theoretical aspects of Interpreting Studies and of interpretation; aspects of research findings in disciplines that have a bearing on interpretation, for example, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, communication and discourse studies.

Consecutive interpretation

  1. At the end of the programme students will be capable of giving a fluent and effective consecutive interpretation of a speech lasting at least 10 minutes into the target language, accurately reproducing the content of the original and using appropriate terminology and register.
  2. Training in these skills will require a variety of exercises, such as content analysis and memory exercises, consecutive interpretation without notes, summarisation, sight translation and note taking techniques. Speeches used will confront the students with a diversity of subject areas, styles, and registers, and their length, information density and degree of technicality and specificity will increase as the unit progresses.

Simultaneous interpretation

  1. At the end of the programme students will be able to provide a fluent and effective simultaneous interpretation of speeches of at least 20 minutes into the target language, accurately reproducing the content of the original and using appropriate terminology and register.
  2. While training in these skills will build on the same kind as those used to practise consecutive interpretation, additional exercises specifically designed to establish and consolidate the skills will be required. Furthermore, students will be trained in booth techniques and team interaction. Speeches used will confront the students with a diversity of subject areas, styles, and registers, and their length, information density and degree of technicality and specificity will increase as the programme progresses. Once they have acquired simultaneous interpreting skills, students will also be taught how to interpret with the text in front of them (sight interpretation).

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Exam: 70%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Douglas

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Outcomes

  1. To obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research
  4. To obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases
  5. To obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics.
  6. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

APG4393, APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Morgan

Synopsis

This unit functions as an advanced introduction into the world of historical research. It introduces students to some of the common problems and issues as well as key debates that confront all historians working with different types of primary sources. It explores the many ways in which the past is constructed through the production of history by challenging students to think about what history is, how different lenses inform our reading and making of histories, how and where different genres of primary sources can be found for a resourceful historian of the 21st century, and how these sources can best be used in shaping an intellectually rigorous dissertation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a deep understanding of the key debates that have taken place on the nature of history as a practice up until the present day
  2. Recognise the different theoretical approaches or lenses (such as Marxist or Feminist) through which historians make history, and reconcile that with their own approaches to writing history
  3. Develop the capacity to identify and access various repositories (such as digital libraries) to locate primary sources for their research
  4. Become familiar with good practice in organising their primary sources, such as note-taking strategies, and reading and using different types of primary sources effectively in their work
  5. Develop an understanding of how to use quantitative sources effectively in history-writing, as well as how to effectively make quantitative judgements in their research
  6. Have an appreciation of how archival sources, material culture, autobiographical sources, and audio-visual sources can be used effectively in research
  7. Have further developed their oral and written communication skills

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Craig Thorburn

Synopsis

This unit introduces student to principles and analytical methods of political ecology, and its application to analysing sustainable development and natural resources management. The first part of the unit introduces the theoretical foundations for the political ecology approach and explores its application to the issue of sustainable development. The second part of the unit uses the political ecology approach from an international comparative perspective for analysing development conflicts in a range of environmental sectors in international and Australian contexts, including farming and pastoralism, water, mining, fisheries and forests.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. understand the theoretical underpinnings of political ecology;
  2. employ a range of analytical frameworks for understanding the links between political economy of development and ecological change;
  3. understand a wide range of problems and conflicts associated with natural resources management and sustainability;
  4. research and analyse development projects using political ecology and comparative frameworks;
  5. analyse local development problems in their regional contexts and their links to global processes and institutions;
  6. understand and have a critical appreciation of alternative approaches to sustainable development.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4627


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Craig Thorburn

Synopsis

The unit deconstructs the concepts of 'development', 'progress' and 'underdevelopment' before embarking on a historical examination of how various theories have been translated into policy and action. It then looks chronologically at the rise and demise of various doctrines and approaches, focusing on the role of international development aid and trade. It engages the core question of 'What can reasonably be said about the causes of changes in a country or a region's 'level of development'?' Through case studies, it underscores the particularity of individual countries' experiences, while attempting to draw out what are the basic principles that can be compared across time and space.

Outcomes

  1. Understanding of basic historical and theoretical contexts of notions of 'development', both as a focus of social science and government practice
  2. Understanding of how the literature has approached the analysis of international development policy and practice
  3. Through examination of country experiences, a sense of how to put these into particular context, and to examine critically their applicability to analysing and assessing development policies and practice as they have varied over time and between countries; also, the extent to which development policy and practice has been driven by 'ideas' rather than indigenous political and social realities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4628


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jamie Agland

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images
  7. at level 5, students will also have acquired a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of key conceptual and methodological issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 80%
Exam: 20%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4810, APG4629


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Johan Lidberg

Synopsis

The unit examines the ways in which the production and distribution of media and journalistic products are regulated and how journalism is held accountable. Legal, economic, political, technological and social processes are considered. An underlying theme is a critique of the development of and contradictions among different ideas of free speech, and how these are used to promote or defend a range of communication practices.
This unit asks students to engage with a range of historical and contemporary perspectives on journalism, and equips them to reflect critically on one of the core questions in journalism studies - what is journalism for?

Outcomes

At the satisfactory completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. Have a strong working knowledge of the legal rights and responsibilities of journalistic practice, their ethical dimension, and their historical and political contexts
  2. Understand major scholarly approaches to and debates about researching journalism organisation, practice and consumption in a social context
  3. Analyse critically and deploy reflexively the principles of 'the public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information'
  4. Understand issues and debates about freedom of expression in an international and cross-cultural context
  5. Understand, and be able to apply, critical knowledge of major scholarly debates in journalism studies in face-to-face and online discussion, and to further apply these in written assessments across practice and research
  6. Critically understand the various roles of journalism in society and based on this formulate your own value base regarding these roles, addressing the question - what is journalism for?

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 80%
Exam: 20%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4640


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Mr William Birnbauer

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches and techniques that enable in-depth investigation. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, especially the use of public records and databases; to explore the relationship of investigative and news reporting; and to assist students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise what distinguishes investigative journalism from other journalism;
  2. Develop their own ideas for investigative projects;
  3. Utilize advanced skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources;
  4. Employ a range of investigative research techniques;
  5. Understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism;
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of investigative journalism in a democratic society and an appreciation of its practical link to the concept of the 'public right to know'

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

APG4642


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitEnglish as an International Language
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zhichang Xu

Synopsis

This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines theoretical explanations of their interaction in intercultural communication. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. become aware of key research directions in the field of intercultural communication
  2. develop sensitivity to intercultural differences and similarities in communication patterns and cultural expectations
  3. describe key concepts of face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examine their interaction in intercultural communication
  4. conduct small-scale research in the area of intercultural communication
  5. identify differences and similarities in cultural expectations and analyze reasons for intercultural (mis)communication

More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to:

  1. read and think critically
  2. gain experience in research
  3. interpret and analyse language data
  4. present coherent arguments both in speech and writing

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4652


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

The unit surveys policy issues and responses by the international community, relevant to crises in the area of conflict, natural hazards and human security. These responses are increasingly multi-disciplinary recognising the complexities and the underlying issues affecting these crises. The whole crisis management cycle including disaster response, recovery and preparedness will be covered. Field based case studies, expert guest lectures and workshop formats will be used to support lectures.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will have developed research, critical thinking and writing of the highest academic standards.

Learning Objectives:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts behind the laws, conventions and principles that guide international and regional reponses.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and response frameworks including integrated strategies that include humanitarian, social, political and security components.
  3. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions
  4. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research.
  5. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis management.
  6. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of human rights/crisis management by the provision of world class research training and supervision.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4655


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Social Sciences
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

The unit surveys a range of action-oriented strategies relevant to complex crisis responses by the international community. It examines the practice frameworks used to respond to the different phases of crises including emergencies, recovery and preparedness in the context of conflict, natural hazards and human security. Particular attention will be given to understanding the role of project management strategies and principles. Field based case studies, expert guest lectures and workshop formats are used to support seminars.

Outcomes

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to analyse, design and produce research papers and models on crisis action and response mechanisms.

Specifically the learning outcomes are:

  1. Critical understanding of the concepts pertaining to operational modalities project management approaches.
  2. Critical understanding of field-based examples of crisis relief and responses in a manner that contextualises crisis management within the cultural, social, political, economic cultures of the areas in crisis
  3. Opportunities to specialise in particular areas of crisis response and recovery by the provision of world class research training and supervision
  4. Development of analytical skills that help to question the appropriateness of relief responses and interventions
  5. Capacity for independent, self-motivated research
  6. Capacity to write lucid, critical, balanced assessments of crisis action and response

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Coleman

Synopsis

In this unit students consider individual, group and social processes driving creativity and creative action. Themes include the role of cognition, imagination, judgment, criticism, personality, materials, forms, humor, social milieu, and cities in the creative process. The aim is for students to understand the multiple factors affecting creativityand how creative individuals, organizations and societies are possible. Examples will be drawn from a wide variety of creative arts including theatre, film and visual arts, architecture, music, writing and publishing.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the general nature of creative processes.
  2. An understanding of the relation between individual, group and social aspects of creativity.
  3. An enhanced capacity to identify creative acts, works, and processes.
  4. An ability to explain and analyze course concepts and debates in written and oral forms, and to engage at a high level of independent research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Justin O'Connor (Semester 1); Dr Xin Gu (Semester 2)

Synopsis

This unit complements the conceptual, historical and industrial themes developed in APG4900/APG5900 Cultural Economy. Students will be introduced to the evolving structure of a range of cultural and creative industries. They will learn about key dynamic trends such as digitalisation, financialisation, clustering, globalisation and intellectual property legislation. The unit enables students to link these high level tendencies to the specific context of particular industries and sub-sectors, and/or places/spaces. The assessment provides students with the opportunity to undertake a case study approach to a cultural/creative industry of their choice.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify the major issues and debates in the cultural and creative industries;
  2. Demonstrate an understanding of the structure and dynamics of contemporary cultural and creative industries;
  3. Apply concepts to specific cultural and creative industry case studies;
  4. Demonstrate analytical, independent research skills;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to link structural trends to specific industry contexts.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Justin O'Connor (Semester 1); Dr Xin Gu (Semester 2)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4662


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Phil Gregory

Synopsis

This subject investigates how governments respond to terrorism through policies usually referred to as 'counter-terrorism'. In particular, it examines the central role state intelligence services play identifying, developing, formulating and implementing counter-terrorism programs,. It also assesses conventional approaches to intelligence collection, analysis, comparative intelligence practices, and the role of intelligence in national security policy formation, and how global terrorist networks pose new intelligence challenges. Case studies and scenarios are used to assist students comprehend the themes and gain insights into professional intelligence officers' responsibilities.

Outcomes

  1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the nature, methodology and scope of the threats posed to national security by terrorist networks as well as the degree to which intelligence identified measures to counter those threats have been effective and appropriate.
  2. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the traditional functions and capabilities of intelligence agencies and how they have responded to the new challenges and demands of counter-terrorist programs. In particular, we will explore issues raised by the increased emphasis on intelligence exchanges, intelligence liaison and covert action.
  3. To develop students' understanding of the role played by different aspects of intelligence gathering--especially HUMINT, SIGINT, IMINT, OSINT and Intelligence Analysis--in addressing these threats.
  4. To develop students' understanding of how different terrorist groups pose a variety of security threats and how different intelligence services around the world are responding to this challenge.
  5. To develop the students' understanding of the structure, processes, dynamics and communication within national and between international intelligence agencies--alliances, liaison relationships and exchanges.
  6. To develop students' understanding of the political and ethical dimensions that envelop contemporary debates over intelligence reform, especially within Australian.
  7. To enhance students' ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas including terrorism, counter-terrorism policy, trade-offs made by governments between personal freedoms and public security, and intelligence and security relationships between Australia and other states.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 65%
Exam: 35%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4666 and APG5857


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Lentini

Synopsis

Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

Outcomes

Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought
  2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression
  3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era
  4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence
  5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work
  6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument
  7. Demonstrate an advanced utilization and critique of primary and secondary resources in the research essay.
  8. 8. Demonstrate an advanced and critical understanding of relevant conceptual frameworks pertaining to terrorism, fringe political movements and political violence.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS4843 or APG4667


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Greg Barton

Synopsis

The unit is the core, compulsory unit for the Master of International Relations (MIR). With an emphasis on discussion of the core theories that have dominated debates in International Relations through the 20th and early 21st centuries, this unit will also take a critical approach to the discipline of IR, using a range of debates and specific case studies. From the so-called 'great debate' between realism and liberalism in the early 20th century, this unit will explore the emergence of critical approaches to security and power during the Cold War and the influence of new approaches understanding the importance of gender, narratives, and norms.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. An ability to critically engage in key debates framing global politics and international relations
  2. An ability to work in and adapt to a variety of different cultural and professional environments
  3. An ability to display intricate knowledge of a variety of value and ethical systems, and conduct themselves professionally in all working environments
  4. An ability to be innovators in their chosen field
  5. An ability to apply the highest standard of analytical and critical skills
  6. An ability to design and manage large and focused research projects
  7. An ability to communicate succinctly, directly, and highly effectively

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

PLT4529, APG4668


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practise and enhance their copy-editing skills. Different styles and requirements of copy-editing introduced.

Outcomes

At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide
  2. an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copy-editor and the commissioning editor
  3. foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copy-editing and skills as copy-editors
  4. an understanding of different varieties of editing and style.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 90%
Exam: 10%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015

Synopsis

Electronic and print production processes have converged effectively in most sectors of the publishing and communications industries. The professional editor, publisher and writer must now have an advanced understanding of the application of new publishing technologies, and of how these technologies affect their ways of working with others involved in the processes of publishing. The competence and productivity of the professional depends on such knowledge and its application, and this unit, which is vocational in character, provides the student with an invaluable basis of knowledge and skills for entry into the world of publishing, including scholarly publishing.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject the student should have acquired:

  1. an advanced understanding of electronic publication and of electronic publishing in the publishing and communications industries
  2. an understanding of the roles of the writer and editor in the creation and production of electronic publications
  3. a knowledge of the convergence of editorial and production processes for print and electronic publishing
  4. an understanding of the techniques of writing and editing texts for electronic publication, including scholarly publications
  5. a critical understanding of electronic publication for selected audiences.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 75%
Exam: 25%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Trischa Mann

Synopsis

This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject broadens the editorial context and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, corporate, fiction and digital editing.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired an understanding of: 1) the editor's role in book, corporate and electronic publishing; and 2) complementary editorial skills, including the preparation and treatment of references, indexes and non-text elements, and how to work within relevant legal and ethical constraints.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

APG4670 or equivalent industry experience.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights).

Outcomes

  1. An understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade
  2. An understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context.
  3. An understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling
  4. Developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.
  5. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights)

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 85%
Exam: 15%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Site visits

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Religious Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Constant Mews

Synopsis

A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Suzhou First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Ms Caroline Trousseau (Clayton); Dr Thomas Chase (SEU)

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study Overseas page for further information http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/study-overseas/

Synopsis

In this unit students will develop an understanding and acquire knowledge on theoretical tools used in Translation Studies. The unit will provide students with the opportunity to analyse discourse features of the original text and compare and contrast them with the translated version. The unit also aims to develop the student's ability to translate texts of increasing levels of complexity and expertise in a variety of textual genres. A particular emphasis is given to ethical issues involved in translation.
The unit combines a generic, classroom-based component, in which some of the theoretical issues from the parallel core subjects are discussed, in addition to language-specific tutorials and a fieldwork component, in which students will be introduced to translation and translating in a variety of different environments. This unit includes translation assignments tailored to individual target languages, involving the practical application of theoretical insights. Translation will be LOTE-English OR English-LOTE.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the problems different text genres pose for translation
  2. translate a variety of document genres by applying critical insights from translation theory and methodology
  3. access, translate and return Web-based documents
  4. use suitable strategies to create texts in the target language
  5. identify and analyse ethical issues as they relate to the interpreting and translation industry.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4814


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedSuzhou First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jim Hlavac (Caulfield); Dr Thomas Chase (SEU)

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study OverseasStudy Overseas (http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/study-overseas/) page for further information.

Synopsis

This unit follows on from Semester 1 APG5049 Theory and Practice of Interpreting. In this unit, further theoretical studies are introduced along with practical applications. The topics to be covered for these interpreting exercises will have an emphasis on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, medicine, tourism, government institutions, etc.
The development or reinforcement of skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting (note-taking, sight translation, dialogue interpreting and speech interpreting of approximately 5 minutes) will be undertaken. The practical applications in this unit also serve as preparation for further studies in APG5885 Advanced interpreting.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have expanded their theoretical knowledge of the various facets of interpreting and their understanding of the practical aspects of acting as an interpreter in an industry/social environment ;
  2. have further developed the specific skills needed to provide consecutive interpreting of both dialogue and speech.
  3. have developed skills needed to provide a sight translation
  4. be able to identify the implicit structural organization of an extemporaneous speech
  5. be able to perceive essential meaning and have further developed note-taking techniques.
  6. have mastered the necessary interpreting skills to deliver a clear, stylish and faithful presentation.
  7. have expanded their active vocabulary to include the terms and idioms frequently used in extemporaneous speeches.
  8. be able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, and are of moderate difficulty.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Exam: 50%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

APG5049 and APG5875 or APG4813 and APG4816

Prohibitions

APG4691


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to a range of theories of bilingualism and how bilinguals make use of their languages across a range of setting and societies. It explores these issues from a range of perspectives, such as different types and degrees of bilingualism, the different roles played by each language in bilingual societies, the properties of bilingual speech, the bilingual brain and educational and other social policy for bilingualism. A key interest is also the ways in which theoretical stances inform our understanding of bilingualism and social policy, and the ways in which research into bilingualism can help inform wider theories of language acquisition, processing and use.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. explain how various scholars define the term bilingualism and the implications of this for research findings
  2. undertake linguistic analysis of bilingual speech
  3. identify and articulate factors which contribute to language maintenance and shift
  4. evaluate the effectiveness of bilingual education programs and other social policies for bilingualism
  5. use library and web resources to research current and emerging issues in the field, and
  6. conduct a major research project on an area of bilingualism or bilingual development of interest to the student.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Two of the following units APG4698, APG4346, APG4020, APG4735, APG5046, APG5042, APG5047, APG5043.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Margetts

Synopsis

The ability to read and write is a core skill we need in the modern world. This unit investigates what it means to be literate and the processes involved in developing literacy skills in one or more languages. It addresses topics around reading and writing, the development of early childhood literacy, tertiary literacy and classroom practices. It explores how technological changes, such as the advent of computer-mediated communication and social media might affect the ways in which we process and design texts. The unit also considers different approaches to teaching literacy skills in schools and universities and the issues of access, power and participation embedded within them.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify the attributes of major writing systems of the world;
  2. Deconstruct the skills involved in being literate;
  3. Describe and evaluate different approaches to teaching literacy to young children;
  4. outline the strategies of literacy development in young children;
  5. assess the effects and the characteristics of schooled literacy, second language literacy and biliteracy;
  6. use ethnographic methods to study literacy events and assess the cultural impact of electronic literacy.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Louisa Willoughby

Synopsis

Every day, we engage with a wide range of different text types and speaking situations, from casual conversations with friends to news reports, medical appointments to advertising. In this unit, we explore the typical features of these and other genres and the ways in which language can be used to manipulate, persuade or empower the hearer/ reader. The unit introduces students to a variety of approaches to doing discourse analysis, including Conversation Analysis, Critical Discourse Analysis and Corpus Linguistics. Students apply these methods to a range of texts and reflect on the appropriateness of each for answering different types of research questions.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. Understand and be able to apply key terms and concepts used in discourse analysis
  2. Analyse texts for coherence and cohesion and comment on their genre-specific features
  3. Describe in detail the ways in which English speakers use paralanguage cues (such as pitch, stress, pauses, laughter) to convey meaning in conversation
  4. Comment on the appropriacy of different approaches to discourse analysis for answering specific research questions
  5. analyse how the language used in a text serves to persuade the reader and reflects a particular ideology
  6. apply insights from this unit to their own professional context

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Howard Manns

Synopsis

The unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. It examines the relationship between language, gender and the representation of masculinities and femininities, particularly in spoken texts.. In addition, language and identity construction will be examined in relation to nationality, ethnicity, religion, youth culture and second language learning.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language
  2. Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds
  3. Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies
  4. Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language
  5. Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLinguistics
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hui Huang

Synopsis

Guided reading in an area of languages, cultures or linguistics of participants' choice. Guided reading involves the location and critical examination of the relevant literature in the chosen topic. The examination of the reading and its discussion with the supervisor will form the basis of the assessment for the subject. Prior to the start of semester, students intending to enrol in this unit must identify their area of interest, arrange a suitable supervisor and seek approval to enrol from their course co-ordinator.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Students may only enroll in this unit with the permission of the course coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Cheer

Synopsis

Reviews the strategic role research plays in the tourism industry both globally and in Australia. Topics include, defining the research problem and objectives, analyzing secondary data sources, qualitative and quantitative methodology selection, questionnaire design, fieldwork preparation, data analysis and presentation.

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the availability of secondary research data and an overview of tourism trends and research directions from both an Australian and Global perspective.
  2. To develop students' capacity to understand the basics principles of research design for both qualitative and quantitative studies and the role played by research in tourism strategic planning.
  3. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of secondary tourism data.
  4. To develop students' written and oral communication skills.
  5. To provide students with an understanding of how to conduct a primary quantitative research study including questionnaire design, data entry, analysis and presentation.
  6. To provide students with an understanding of the applicability of the SPSS computer program to research in the tourism industry.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4707


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitNational Centre For Australian Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vicki Peel

Notes

The unit has a fieldtrip component - see the [http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/[field-tripshttp://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/[field-trips (http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/currentstudents/[field-trips)/]] page for further information

Synopsis

Trends, theories and practices in cultural tourism and special events, especially the role of social/environmental impacts and related policy issues in modifying the future of cultural tourism internationally. Unit explores the interpretation of cultural phenomena, institutions, places and landscapes as tourism attractions and identifies cultural product and marketing practices which bridge the gap between tourism and cultural resource management. The strategic role of events is considered in the context of Tourism, Marketing and Management.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Provide a foundation knowledge of the role of cultural tourism in Australian and international contexts;
  2. Provide understanding of the theory and practice of cultural tourism product development, including major cultural institutions such as museums, theatres and galleries and of cultural precincts;
  3. Equip with skills in analyzing the interaction of tourism with built and natural cultural heritage and Aboriginal culture and history;
  4. Develop research, writing and oral presentation skills

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4710


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Francesca Minerva

Synopsis

This unit focuses initially on three ethical principles used to justify decisions in patient care: autonomy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are then applied to a variety of ethical issues in health care practice, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalistic interventions, breaches of confidentiality, assisted reproductive technologies, surrogate motherhood, and euthanasia. The role of health professionals is also considered, in relation to issues in family care giving, and conscientious refusals to treat patients.

Outcomes

On successful completion of APG5729, students should have acquired the skills to

  • bring a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to the analysis and evaluation of certain ethical issues in patient care
  • think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles
  • make informed judgements about the ethics of certain ways of acting in ethically sensitive areas of patient care, and be able to defend those judgements on the basis of argument.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4729, APG5733, APG4714, APR5729

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ryan Tonkens

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, pre-birth testing, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of newborn infants with severe disabilities. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, conflict of interest, and the regulation of research on humans.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  • uncover the political values underlying views about State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  • think critically about those political values;
  • understand some of the practical problems in State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  • develop sufficient understanding of the ethics of regulating various reproductive and health care practices to provide a basis for forming your own views on these matters.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Exam: 50%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

No timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

APG4393, APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4715, APG5734, APR5730

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Assoc Prof Justin Oakley

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life, and the moral foundations of professional obligations. The unit begins by introducing the three main ethical theories - Kantianism, utilitarianism, and virtue ethics - and explains how each theory characteristically approaches issues in professional ethics. It moves on to examine euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; and social justice and business professionals. It also deals with whistle-blowing and some issues in the moral psychology of professional roles.

Outcomes

Students will acquire the skills to:

  • understand how each of the three major ethical theories characteristically approaches issues which commonly arise in professional life

  • understand some important distinguishing features of professionals, and the ethical obligations involved in being a professional

  • reflect upon and critically examine the goal(s) of their chosen profession

  • analyse and evaluate certain ethical issues which arise in their own profession by taking a broader perspective, and seeing how that perspective arises out of parallel issues in other professions

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Francesca Minerva

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on three main ethical principles, embodying the concepts of autonomy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are used to analyse and discuss a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalism, breaches of patient confidentiality, in vitro fertilisation, and euthanasia. There is also some discussion of the role of health professionals, in relation to conscientious refusals to treat patients, and issues in family care giving.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. Use a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to analyse and evaluate ethical issues in patient care.
  2. Think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles.
  3. Make informed judgements about the ethics of certain patient care practices, and use argument to defend those judgements.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APG4714 and APG5729

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. David Baker; Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete a 9,000 word research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically write up research findings.
  5. Construct a critical argument.
  6. Construct a cumulative argument across an 9,000 word research project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Baker, Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 576 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Distinction average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. David Baker; Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature
  2. Identify and develop key research questions
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology
  5. Critically write up research findings.6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data
  6. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project
  7. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Assoc. Prof. David Baker; Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature
  2. Identify and develop key research questions
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology
  5. Critically write up research findings
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Distinction average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alistair Harkness

Synopsis

This unit involves focused, independent reading and the presentation of the findings in a scholarly manner, under the supervision of a member of the teaching staff of the department. On completion of the subject students should: demonstrate a thorough understanding of the criminal justice or criminology topic chosen for the subject; understand the nature and scope of scholarly writing on the topic; appreciate the theoretical, methodological and practical dimensions of the topic, be able to present orally and in writing critical thinking and analysis of the criminal justice/criminology topic.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an in-depth and focused critical understanding of a topic in criminal justice or criminology
  2. Demonstrate an in-depth familiarity with the literature on a topic in criminal justice and criminology
  3. Demonstrate the ability to synthesise a broad range of literature on a topic
  4. Be familiar with the process of researching and writing a comprehensive literature review of a criminal justice or criminology topic
  5. Demonstrate the ability to understand and critically assess the various historical, theoretical and methodological issues and debates around a chosen criminal justice, criminology topic.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bryce Weber

Notes

Previously coded COM5004

Synopsis

The unit is undertaken in the final semester of the Master of Communications and Media Studies and allows students to develop an extended independent research project. The topic is chosen by the student and developed with the advice and support of a supervisor. The project is written up in a minor dissertation, allowing the student to demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and project management. Students are encouraged to consider the project not only as a formal requirement for the degree, but also as contributing to a portfolio of professional development.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research;
  2. An enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues;
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of a research topic;
  4. A capacity to design, manage, and carry out a research project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG5743


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
Monash Passport categoryIndustry Linkage (Act Program)
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tony Moore (Semester 1; Ms Louise Sheedy (Semester 2)

Notes

The unit has a fieldtrip component

Quota applies

APG5752 is limited to 25 students maximum owing to space limits at most of the media sites.

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. Most site visits will be in Melbourne and Sydney, but may also include international travel. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from other units, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will encourage critical scholarly thinking.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations;
  2. Demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major media industries, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. Demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area;
  4. Demonstrate an awareness of production and audience contexts in communications and media studies;
  5. Have confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of communications and media.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Interstate field trip

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

APG5050 and APG5894 with a minimum average of distinction(70 D)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity;
  2. demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct;
  3. demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects;
  4. demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies;
  5. identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts;
  6. design an appropriate research methodology;
  7. critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of APG4761, APG4762, APG4571, APG4572, APG5571, APG5572, EDF6801, EDF6802, EDF6810, EDF6821 or by permission

Prohibitions

APG4763, APG5869, ATS4854


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Seamus O'Hanlon

Synopsis

A sustained research project in applied history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in applied history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in applied history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Applied History


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHistory
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Seamus O'Hanlon

Synopsis

A sustained research project in applied history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in applied history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in applied history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Applied History


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitHuman Geography
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sangeetha Chandra-Shekeran

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which ideas about nature, science, and human action have revolutionised theories, practices and politics of international development and global environmental change. It explores the major historical and contemporary debates in the natural and social sciences concerning nature and human agency , reflexive modernity, environmental risk and uncertainty, biopolitics, and emergence of current thinking about the relationships between post-humanity, techno-science and nature.

Outcomes

Students who have regularly attended the seminar each week and fulfilled all requirements during the semester will:

  1. understand the history of ideas and conceptions of the environment
  2. understand key theoretical perspectives regarding changing relationships between science, nature, and human subjectivity
  3. critically analyse the genealogies of contemporary debates about environmental crises, ecological change, and biopolitics of development.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSustainability Environment and Society
OfferedClayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bruce Missingham

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the principles and practice of project planning and project management in international development. It takes a practical, hands-on approach to learning and applying project management strategies, tools and skills, especially as they relate to facilitating and managing participatory processes and participatory development. These project management tools and skills are closely related to learning from past experience and evidence-based strategies of aid and development. The unit cultivates knowledge of development management skills such as participatory appraisal, stakeholder analysis, gender analysis and gender-sensitive strategies, participatory planning, the logical framework (logframe) approach, project proposal writing, monitoring and evaluation. The unit takes a participatory learning and workshop-based approach to teaching and learning.

Outcomes

Students who regularly attend and actively participate in seminar discussions and complete all assignments during the semester will:

  1. Have a sound understanding of the principles and application of the stages and methods of international development project planning and management.
  2. Be conversant in the "language of development," and have a working familiarity with many of the important formats, tools, instruments and procedures employed in the planning, implementation and evaluation of international development programs and projects.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Synopsis

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

Outcomes

An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic and genre in music

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joel Crotty

Synopsis

An original research project carried out under supervision. Students submit their research proposals for the written only project, or performance and essay, to the coordinator at nor near the time of enrolment.

Outcomes

Students will develop varied research skills, the capacity to conceptualise parameters of a topic, and to articulate them in a coherent written argument.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Director of relevant Graduate Program

Notes

Students need to contact the Arts Student Services desk to enrol in the unit.

Synopsis

Under the supervision of suitable academic staff, students will conduct independent research on an appropriate topic. The research process results in the submission of a research thesis.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a research project;
  2. Conduct research independently;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the relevant literature;
  4. Critically analyse the relevant academic literature;
  5. Develop an academically sound argument;
  6. Demonstrate sophisticated written skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 576 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Average of 75 Distinction across 24 credit points of core coursework units; and approval from Course Coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Director of relevant Graduate Program

Notes

Students need to contact the Arts Student Services desk to enrol in the unit.

Synopsis

Under the supervision of suitable academic staff, students will conduct independent research on an appropriate topic. This research process continues in APG5850 Graduate research thesis B, as a part of which students submit their research thesis.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a research project;
  2. Conduct research independently;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the relevant literature;
  4. Critically analyse the relevant academic literature;
  5. Develop an academically sound argument;
  6. Demonstrate sophisticated written skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Average of 75 Distinction across 24 credit points of core coursework units; and approval from Course Coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Flexible)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Director of relevant Graduate Program

Notes

Students need to contact the Arts Student Services desk to enrol in the unit.

Synopsis

Under the supervision of suitable academic staff, students continue to conduct the independent research that was commenced in APG5849 Graduate research thesis A. This research process results in the production of a graduate research thesis.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Formulate a research project;
  2. Conduct research independently;
  3. Demonstrate a command of the relevant literature;
  4. Critically analyse the relevant academic literature;
  5. Develop an academically sound argument;
  6. Demonstrate sophisticated written skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Average of 75 Distinction across 24 credit points of core coursework units; and approval from Course Coordinator.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Flexible)
Clayton Summer semester A 2015 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Director of relevant Graduate Program

Notes

Students need to contact the Arts Student Services desk to enrol in the unit.

Synopsis

Under the supervision of suitable academic staff, students will conduct independent research on an appropriate topic.

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this subject students will be able to:

  1. Develop a model or conceptualisation of the proposed research project including methodological approach and research questions;
  2. Critically analyse, reflect on and synthesise the literature relevant to the project;
  3. Research and apply established theories to a body of knowledge or practice in their discipline;
  4. Critically analyse and communicate research findings and limitations of the project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Approval of Course Coordinator required.


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 576 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andy Ruddock

Synopsis

This part-time unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) over two semesters on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average.

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bryce Weber

Synopsis

This part-time unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) over two semesters on an approved publishing research related topic. With guidance from the supervisor(s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research. Research at this level may be regarded as a pre-requisite to further higher degree research.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the publishing industry and publishing studies related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. Value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit the student should have acquired:

  1. an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development
  2. a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book
  3. an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present
  4. an appreciation of the study of the history of the book
  5. an understanding of government policy and publishing
  6. advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Trischa Mann

Synopsis

The contribution of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored.
An overview of the role of the various production processes and their management in publishing. Students are taken through the various stages of the physical production of various formats (books, magazines and newspapers) and their subsequent marketing and distribution. The contributions of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored. Students enrolled at this 5th year level will demonstrate a greater mastery over project management issues adapted to given examples.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding:

  1. of the practical principles of publishing;
  2. of the key publication production processes and to develop relevant skills;
  3. of how the various forms of publishing differ in production terms, e.g. journals, magazines, scholarly publications, electronic publications;
  4. of the contribution of new technology to the publishing industries and the principles inherent in their application;
  5. of project management principles adapted to given examples.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 85%
Exam: 15%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

An industry-relevant publishing project involving the preparation of a text for publication, a project based on an industry placement or a reading course on some aspect of the publishing industry or publishing history. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible for devising their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended industry-oriented research project focusing on a topic or topics of their particular interest
  2. to develop students' capacity to draw on a range of suitable research methodologies
  3. to develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data
  4. to develop students' written communication skills
  5. to develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr David Dunstan and Dr Louise Poland

Synopsis

Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision. They complete a report on their internship (or provide other evidence of work undertaken) and write a reflective essay dealing with some aspect of the work situation. A short viva voce examination draws on the student's work experience. This internship may be undertaken in any aspect of the publishing industries: editing, marketing, sales, retailing, promotions, etc.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should have:

  1. gained a developed understanding of work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries, e.g. copy editing, sales and marketing, book design
  2. developed work skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries
  3. written a reflective essay on the aspect of the publishing industries providing the internship experience
  4. demonstrated a capacity to report and reflect critically on work practices and experiences in the publishing industries
  5. acquired an understanding of the knowledge, practices and/or technology specific to certain branches of the publishing industry.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

  • Additional requirements
  • Internship

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have thought through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision;
  2. an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research;
  3. advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills;
  4. advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project;
  5. skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature;
  6. skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

One of APG4763, APG5786, ATS4854, EDF6007 or permission

Prohibitions

EDF6810, EDF6020, APG5784, APG4764, APG5868


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Full year 2015 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karen Crinall

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to conduct substantial research related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project involves negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and communities involved. Students are expected to have thought through issues related to their proposed methodology project in completing the prerequisite research methodology unit/s, especially ethics approval requirements for research involving humans. The aim is to produce a high quality, theoretically informed, practice focused, and reflective report relevant to the focus of the degree.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 18000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relating to the focus of the degree.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 576 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student

Prerequisites

One of APG4763, APG5786, APG5869, EDF6007 or permission

Prohibitions

APG5785, APG5867, HSM5301, HSM5302


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Marc Orlando

Synopsis

This unit will complement APG5691 Intermediate interpreting and introduce students to the issues and techniques associated with conference interpreting and translation. Students will be exposed to the practice of conference interpreting and translation (introduction to simultaneous interpreting, communication skills, preparation techniques, terminology, ethics, and working practices) with a specific focus on international organisation's processes and procedures.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained competence and knowledge in the following:

  1. Practice of interpretation: communication skills (voice coaching, public speaking techniques, etc.); conference preparation techniques (terminology, information retrieval, applications of information technology as appropriate); professional ethics; conference procedures; working practices and conditions
  2. Practice of simultaneous interpreting
  3. The EU and international organisations: institutional processes and operations.

Seminars and workshops will be conducted by practising/experienced conference interpreters with experience in training and in international institutions. The focus of these classes is on communications skills, preparatory techniques and ethics; therefore they will consist mainly of lectures and exercises in these areas applied to interpreting practice.

In addition to seminars and workshops, students will be expected to devote time to research in these areas, (i.e. background reading; use of information sources; preparation of assignments, etc). The programme is based on the expectation that the number of class contact hours and self-directed study may total no less than 200 hours for the unit.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

An aptitude test, APG5049 and APG5875 or APG4813 and APG4816, or with permission


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Caroline Trousseau (Semester 1); Dr Leah Gerber (Semester 2)(Clayton); Dr Thomas Chase (Semester 2)(SEU)

Synopsis

Introductory core unit of the MA in Interpreting and Translation Studies (ITS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently emerged interdisciplinary fields of ITS; the history of interpreting and translation, and ITS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); the various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in interpreting and translation work; the relevance of interpreting and translation theory to interpreting and translation practice; the basic theoretical principles of interpreting and translation; and interpreting and translation terminology

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will:

  1. Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in interpreting and translation studies,
  2. Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism, deconstruction),
  3. Have acquired the ability to recognize interpreting and translation studies as an 'inter-discipline',
  4. Be able to conceptualise the three dimensions of equivalence: hermeneutics (Humboldt, Schleiermacher, Koschmieder (tertium comparationis)); cognition (Kintsch, Kumaul, Rumelhart (prototypes and schemata)); pragmatics (Austin, Searle, Levinson (illocution and perlocution));
  5. Be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of this predominantly European theoretical framework to non-European languages.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 75%
Exam: 25%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4814


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Rita Wilson

Synopsis

The unit explores theoretical issues in research in Literary and Cultural Translation Studies. It addresses questions and areas such as methodological principles for researching and writing theory-related research papers, including an overview of research and research discussions and initiatives taking place in the field. Its specific focus is on: cultural issues which must be taken into consideration when translating, aspects of cultural competence (pragmatic and semiotic differences between cultures), and the related issue of equivalence. Ideal translator competence implies a sensitivity to and knowledge of cultural issues which impinge upon translation practice, including mode of discourse, medium, and cultural-specific codes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. develop independently a research project in Interpreting and Translation Studies
  2. produce target texts with appropriate adherence to register, tone, genre, and cultural references
  3. apply advanced methodological principles to translation research
  4. apply culturally-sensitive strategies for solving problems of translation equivalence
  5. conceptualise inductive and deductive approaches related to theory and practice of interpreting and translation studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

APG5048 and APG5875 or APG4813 and APG4815

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marc Orlando

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study Overseas page for further information http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/study-overseas/

Synopsis

Students will undertake in-country study at the institution with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fifth-year postgraduate study in Arts at Monash University in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution in the domain of translation studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and appreciation of translation studies in a global context. They will also have enhanced their language and transfer skills through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

APG4813, APG4814, APG4815


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedOverseas First semester (Northern) 2015 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marc Orlando

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study Overseas page for further information http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/study-overseas/

Synopsis

Students will undertake in-country study at the institution with which Monash University has an exchange agreement. This study will be the equivalent of 12 points of fifth-year postgraduate study in Arts at Monash University in the form of 5th year unit(s) offered by the host institution in the domain of translation studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and appreciation of translation studies in a global context. They will also have enhanced their language and transfer skills through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

APG4813, APG4814, APG4815


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the project, students will:

  1. have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process
  2. be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises
  3. be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Completion of APG5875 Introduction to interpreting and translation studies or APG4813 Introduction to translation studies, with a mark of 65 or better.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leah Gerber

Synopsis

The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the project, students will:

  1. have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process
  2. be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises
  3. be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Successful completion of APG5883

Prohibitions

On-campus


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Suzhou Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus block of classes)
Suzhou Term 3 2015 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Mr Marc Orlando (Caulfield); Dr Thomas Chase (SEU)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit follows on from APG5691 Intermediate interpreting. Topics to be covered for the final stage of training in interpreting will have a strong bias towards industry, social structure and working of bureaucracies, tourism, general contemporary affairs, business communication and others. Practice in formulaic language used in speeches and the acquisition of techniques to interpret public speeches will also form an important part of the unit. Further training in note-taking to enable students to interpret speeches of approximately 10 minutes will be undertaken. Interpreting practice in realistic situations such as simulations with guests will be arranged. It is a very intensive unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have achieved a high level of competency to be able to provide LOTE-English / English-LOTE consecutive interpreting in general areas and some specialised areas
  2. have achieved an adequate level of competency to be able to be able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, and are of moderate to high levels of difficulty
  3. have achieved the knowledge and practical skills needed for professional-level interpreting, and
  4. have achieved a comprehensive understanding of the interpreting profession.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Exam: 60%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

APG4691 or APG5691


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Caron Dann

Synopsis

The unit offers a general orientation to communications and media studies at graduate level. It surveys a range of communication practices and introduces theories appropriate to understanding and analysing them. The major practices considered include journalism, broadcasting, organisational communication, public relations, development communication, political persuasion and new media forms such as blogs and social networking sites. These are considered both as fields of professional practice and as objects of scholarly analysis. Attention is given to the general conceptualisation of communication and media and to the major ways in which communication has been described and analysed.

Outcomes

  1. to develop awareness of the range of social and professional contexts in which communication occurs;
  2. to develop an understanding of communication as a set of practices and to identify common features within these practices;
  3. to introduce some of the major ways in which communication and media have been understood at a theoretical level;
  4. to consider the relation between theory and practice in the field of communication and an appreciation of how they can productively inform each other;
  5. to introduce communications and media studies as a basis for further graduate study and professional practice in the field.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4894


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Professor Justin O'Connor

Synopsis

This unit will introduce the core conceptual and historical dimensions of the MCA, including the emergence of arts and cultural policy, the rise of the cultural and creative industries, urban regeneration and urban cultural economies, and the evolution of cultural/ creative work. In particular it will explore the concepts and claims of "cultural economy" - that the economy is a constructed socio-cultural phenomenon - and examine the consequences of these for existing and future practices by individuals, businesses and policy agencies operating within the cultural economy per se. Students will be asked to submit two assignments based on concepts and issues generated by the unit content.

Outcomes

On the successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A broad overview of the conceptual, historical and contemporary issues involved in notions of the cultural economy;
  2. Critically evaluate the different approaches to cultural economy and the issues they raise;
  3. Apply independent research skills to a range of conceptual and historical problems in the field of cultural economy;
  4. An ability to write and communicate effectively and in analytical depth;
  5. An ability to effectively utilise academic concepts to identify and investigate concrete challenges and issues involved in specific aspects of the cultural economy.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4900


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPolitics and International Relations
OfferedClayton First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Remy Davison

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the key institutions, policies and decision-making processes of the European Union. The unit incorporates interdisciplinary approaches to the political economy of European integration from political science, economics, political economy and international relations. The focus is upon the building and development of the European Union as a unique example of regional economic and political integration since 1950, The unit will also draw upon a wide range of case studies in order to illustrate the problems associated with international integration and international public policy making among unequal partners. The unit canvasses a broad range of case-study material, including the development of economic and monetary union (EMU) and the Eurozone; the Common Agricultural Policy; and the Single European Market.

Outcomes

  1. Students who complete this unit successfully will gain an understanding of the key tenets and debates in integration theory.
  2. Students will develop their understanding of European Union public policy making.

Students will become acquainted with the structures and processes of EU governance.

  1. Students will comprehend the impact of EU public policy upon member countries and particular industry sectors.
  2. Students will gain exposure to the financial, legal and political aspects of public policy implementation.
  3. Students will gain an understanding of the economic, social and cultural costs and benefits of integration among unequal partners.
  4. Students will acquire research skills by undertaking a research analysis of a major policy area, utilizing primary and secondary-source materials.
  5. Students will develop skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

ATS3973, ATS4973


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015

Notes

This is an international study program that requires an application to be enrolled - see the Study OverseasStudy Overseas (http://artsonline.monash.edu.au/study-overseas/) page for further information.

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking studies in conjunction with Warwick University. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Synopsis

The unit will engage with topics central to the European philosophical tradition in the first instance and then, in the second, texts integral to the position of philosophical aesthetics within it.
Students will be expected to address material from both parts of the unit in their written assessment for the unit.
Weeks 1-6 will focus on different movements in recent European philosophy. Movements that could be studied in this part of the unit include: hermeneutics, critical theory, deconstruction, and phenomenology.
Weeks 7-12 will be devoted to the study of important historical and contemporary texts in European philosophy that explicitly deal with aesthetic topics and problems.

Texts that could be studied include:
Immanuel Kant. Critique of Judgement
Friedrich Schiller. Letters on Aesthetic Education
Martin Heidegger. The Origin of the Work of Art
Walter Benjamin. The Work of Art in the Age of its Mechanical Reproducibility
Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari. Kafka: Towards a Minor Literature
Jacques Rancire. The Politics of Aesthetics: The Distribution of the Sensible
Alain Badiou. Handbook of Inaesthetics

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a thorough grounding in a number of topics and philosophers central to the European philosophical tradition.
  2. developed a capacity to read and analyze difficult and demanding philosophical texts.
  3. developed skills in writing up their analysis of texts and arguments within the European philosophical tradition
  4. acquired the transferable skills related to the summation and re-expression of source material and commentary on that material
  5. developed oral argumentative abilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Lectures: 10 x 2-hours
Related Seminars: 4 x 2-hours
Private study: 12 x 9.7 hours

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

A weekly lecture/seminar
A related seminar series provided by visiting speakers

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Oppy

Synopsis

Students will attend seminars on contemporary research offered by visiting and local speakers,, including pre-seminar presentations by the speakers (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be required to complete short writing tasks related to eight of these seminar presentations. They will also be required to engage at a deeper level with a research problem from one of the areas developed by one or more speakers.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers on contemporary philosophical topics relevant to their research interests;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide detailed written exegesis and analysis of contemporary cutting edge philosophical papers relevant to their research interests;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Attendance at 12 x 3 hour seminars (including a dedicated pre-seminar session) across the semester plus 17 hours of self-directed learning (reading and writing) each week

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Oppy

Synopsis

Students will attend staff seminars, including pre-seminar presentations by the speakers (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be given writing tasks related to seminar presentations. Attendance at a sufficient number of seminars will be a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide written exegesis and analysis of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week, plus 9-hours of reading and writing

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of APR5015

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to important techniques relevant to research in applied linguistics and the research traditions in which those techniques can be located. Students will be introduced to qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches to research in general, as well as to specific data collection techniques in each tradition, including surveys, interviews, observation and ethnography, transcription of discourse data, and classrooms observation. Students will have the opportunity to gain direct experience with several of the data collection procedures, and will also read and discuss published studies utilising the entire of techniques mentioned.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in linguistics and applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research;
  6. present results of their work to colleagues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

One 1.5-hour lecture

  • One 1.5-hour seminar
  • Twenty one hours of self directed study

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APR6021, APG4347, APG5347, ALMX415 (Open Universities Australia)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

This unit aims to cover key issues involved in undertaking performance research. To that end, we will follow four main strands of enquiry. We will investigate a range of methodologies of researching performance. We will read and discuss important ideas in researching performance. We will canvass issues to do with making, studying, analysing, and reflecting on actual performances. And we will look at the ways other disciplines such as anthropology, sociology, history and philosophy, utilise ideas of performance and performativity to discuss and analyse topics in their discipline. Classes will take the form of seminar discussion. They will include presentations by academic staff on issues in researching performance and on making performances in a research context, discussions of readings and performances, and presentations by students on issues arising from the readings and performances.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Work with a range of methodological approaches to researching performance and be able to write about one or more of them succinctly;
  2. Understand key ideas in researching performance and be able to discuss those ideas clearly and confidently;
  3. Write on selected theoretical issues that are germane to contemporary research in theatre and performance;
  4. Show how they would deploy one or more methodologies of researching performance in order to research a topic in theatre and/or performance;
  5. Demonstrate how ideas of performance and performativity might be used to investigate issues beyond the sphere of theatre and performance;
  6. Present a clear and cogent summary of the ideas of selected readings and be able to indicate matters of interest and concern for discussion.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

6 x 4-hour seminars delivered three days per week across two weeks.
An equivalent amount of time (24 hours) of consultation time throughout the semester with PhD/MA supervisors or other appropriate academic staff concerning reading and preparation for the coursework in the context of the assessments.
96 hours of reading and writing throughout the semester in response for the set readings. Readings will be provided early in the semester to facilitate this process. This will ensure students are fully prepared to engage in discussions and seminars during the block period.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Synopsis

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. The teaching weeks are divided to cover a divers array of musical areas that form School's core, namely, classical and improvisation performance, composition, musicology and ethnomusicology. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence ther doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Outcomes

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence their doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Three days: two days of seminars and one day of self guided library activity. Total number of hours (26) remains the same.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Tebbutt

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to principles of problem-solving in communication and media research. It will consider a range of traditional and emerging research methods - including textual analysis, content analysis, interviews, ethnographic fieldwork, digital humanities approaches, sentiment analysis and audience research. The focus, however, will be not be simply on learning and applying these methods, but also on understanding their relation to problems in the fields they address. The unit will develop skills in research design, from identifying productive research questions to selecting appropriate methodologies and project planning. These skills provide a platform for further development in the Communications Research Project or Masters Honours Thesis.

Outcomes

  1. A familiarity with the major research methods used in communication and media studies.
  2. An understanding of the difference between research topics and research questions and an ability to identify productive research questions.
  3. An ability to apply research methods critically and appropriately in addressing research questions.
  4. A capacity to design research projects in communication and media studies, from conceptualization to project planning.
  5. An ability to develop innovative solutions to problems in communication and media studies [cf. Monash Graduate Attributes Policy].
  6. An ability to apply research skills to a range of challenges in communication and media studies [cf. Monash Graduate Attributes Policy].

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4396 Researching and writing Australia


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Chandani Lokuge

Synopsis

Extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. It will extend to the 'art of fiction', the practicalities of creating a narrative from idea development and the mechanics of writing to marketing strategies. Students will review 'canonical' creative texts alonside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand their own creative process that will assist them in progressing with their HDR thesis which in the Creative Writing Discipline comprises a creative and critical component;
  2. Extend and expand their reading skills through critiquing the creative process of established writers;
  3. Develop, refine and sophisticate their writing skills through experimentation;
  4. Develop as 'informed' writers and readers by gaining in-depth knowledge into the theories of creative writing;
  5. Develop research skills in the Discipline that will enhance scholarship;
  6. Understand the working of the publishing industry.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APG5272, APG4272


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Ryan Tonkens (Second semester)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines three main perspectives in normative ethics - Kantianism, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics - and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures, or whether they can be objective, and the implications of research in social and moral psychology for accounts of moral motivation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

One 3 hour seminar per week

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Justin Oakley (First semester); Dr Ryan Tonkens (Second semester)

Prohibitions

APG4393, APG5393


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Selgelid

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.

Outcomes

This unit has been designed to enable you to:

  • uncover a variety of important ethical and philosophical questions underlying discussions of issues regarding the beginning and the end of life, and new reproductive and biomedical technologies;
  • analyse these ethical and philosophical issues in detail, drawing on the different ethical theories discussed in APG4393/5393 Ethics;
  • make informed judgements about the ethics of certain biomedical technologies and clinical practices, and the ethics of various decisions regarding the beginning and end of life

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 75%
Exam: 25%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

For off-campus students: no timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites

APG4393, APG5393 or equivalent

Prohibitions

APG4394, APG5394


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Douglas

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the full range of ethical issues that arise in research involving humans, including medical, scientific and social research. It covers topics such as acceptable and unacceptable risks to research participants, conflicts of interest, informed consent and waiver of consent, surrogate decision making, biobanks, commercialization of medical and scientific research, and research conducted on vulnerable people. Throughout the unit use will be made of case studies, ethical frameworks and principles, and the National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research. Participants will have ample opportunity to discuss their own experiences with human research ethics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. obtain a comprehensive grasp of the full range of ethical issues that can arise with research involving humans;
  2. understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to human research;
  3. be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in human research;
  4. obtain a thorough understanding of The National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research and how it is applied in concrete cases;
  5. obtain a good understanding of international guidelines on human research ethics;
  6. critically engage with the bioethical literature around the ethics of research involving humans and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

The unit will consist of two intensive weekend seminars at Caulfield campus

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Francesca Minerva

Synopsis

This unit focuses initially on three ethical principles used to justify decisions in patient care: autonomy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are then applied to a variety of ethical issues in health care practice, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalistic interventions, breaches of confidentiality, assisted reproductive technologies, surrogate motherhood, and euthanasia. The role of health professionals is also considered, in relation to issues in family care giving, and conscientious refusals to treat patients.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. bring a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to the analysis and evaluation of certain ethical issues in patient care;
  2. think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles;
  3. make informed judgements about the ethics of certain ways of acting in ethically sensitive areas of patient care, and be able to defend those judgements on the basis of argument.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

APG4714, APG4729, APG5729, APG5733


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Ryan Tonkens

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, pre-birth testing, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of newborn infants with severe disabilities. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, conflict of interest, and the regulation of research on humans.

Outcomes

On successful completion of the unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. uncover the political values underlying views about State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  2. think critically about those political values;
  3. understand some of the practical problems in State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices;
  4. develop sufficient understanding of the ethics of regulating various reproductive and health care practices to provide a basis for forming your own views on these matters.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Exam: 50%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

No timetabled contact hours although students are welcome to attend seminars for on-campus students when the unit is running in both modes.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Justin Oakley

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life, and the moral foundations of professional obligations. The unit begins by introducing the three main ethical theories - Kantianism, utilitarianism, and virtue ethics - and explains how each theory characteristically approaches issues in professional ethics. It moves on to examine euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; and social justice and business professionals. It also deals with whistle-blowing and some issues in the moral psychology of professional roles.

Outcomes

Students will acquire the skills to:

  • understand how each of the three major ethical theories characteristically approaches issues which commonly arise in professional life

  • understand some important distinguishing features of professionals, and the ethical obligations involved in being a professional

  • reflect upon and critically examine the goal(s) of their chosen profession

  • analyse and evaluate certain ethical issues which arise in their own profession by taking a broader perspective, and seeing how that perspective arises out of parallel issues in other professions

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Exam: 40%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitTranslation Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Rita Wilson

Synopsis

The unit explores theoretical issues in research in Literary and Cultural Translation Studies. It addresses questions and areas such as methodological principles for researching and writing theory-related research papers, including an overview of research and research discussions and initiatives taking place in the field. Its specific focus is on: cultural issues which must be taken into consideration when translating, aspects of cultural competence (pragmatic and semiotic differences between cultures), and the related issue of equivalence. Ideal translator competence implies a sensitivity to and knowledge of cultural issues which impinge upon translation practice, including mode of discourse, medium, and cultural-specific codes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. develop independently a research project in Interpreting and Translation Studies;
  2. produce target texts with appropriate adherence to register, tone, genre, and cultural references;
  3. apply advanced methodological principles to translation research;
  4. apply culturally-sensitive strategies for solving problems of translation equivalence;
  5. conceptualise inductive and deductive approaches related to theory and practice of interpreting and translation studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Exam: 30%

Workload requirements

4 hours (two-hour seminar per week plus web based work equiv. 2 hrs per week)

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Human Bioethics
OfferedClayton Term 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter Douglas

Synopsis

The unit provides a broad overview of the discipline of bioethics. Following an introduction to ethical theory and bioethical analysis, it covers traditional topics in bioethics and contemporary/emerging issues of bioethical debate--including doctor-patient relationships, ethical issues at the beginning and end of life, research ethics, ethical issues surrounding new (e.g., genetic) technologies, justice and the distribution of medical resources, and public health ethics.

Outcomes

  1. To obtain familiarity with the broad range of ethical issues arising in healthcare and biomedical science and technology
  2. To understand the ethical frameworks and principles relevant to bioethics
  3. To be able to use ethical principles and reasoning to arrive at well-argued conclusions about particular ethical dilemmas in bioethics
  4. To be able to critically engage with the bioethical literature and construct arguments for novel conclusions in relation to that literature

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. A unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
+ The unit is taught intensively.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitPhilosophy
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Andrew Benjamin

Synopsis

The unit will engage with topics central to the European philosophical tradition in the first instance and then, in the second, texts integral to the position of philosophical aesthetics within it.
Students will be expected to address material from both parts of the unit in their written assessment for the unit.
Weeks 1-6 will focus on different movements in recent European philosophy. Movements that could be studied in this part of the unit include: hermeneutics, critical theory, deconstruction, and phenomenology.
Weeks 7-12 will be devoted to the study of important historical and contemporary texts in European philosophy that explicitly deal with aesthetic topics and problems.

Texts that could be studied include:
Immanuel Kant. Critique of Judgement
Friedrich Schiller. Letters on Aesthetic Education
Martin Heidegger. The Origin of the Work of Art
Walter Benjamin. The Work of Art in the Age of its Mechanical Reproducibility
Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari. Kafka: Towards a Minor Literature
Jacques Rancire. The Politics of Aesthetics: The Distribution of the Sensible
Alain Badiou. Handbook of Inaesthetics

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a thorough grounding in a number of topics and philosophers central to the European philosophical tradition.
  2. developed a capacity to read and analyze difficult and demanding philosophical texts.
  3. developed skills in writing up their analysis of texts and arguments within the European philosophical tradition
  4. acquired the transferable skills related to the summation and re-expression of source material and commentary on that material
  5. developed oral argumentative abilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Lectures: 10 x 2-hours
Related Seminars: 4 x 2-hours
Private study: 12 x 9.7 hours

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

A weekly lecture/seminar
A related seminar series provided by visiting speakers

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan

Synopsis

This Graduate research colloquium traces the history and philosophy of ideas regarding human-environment relationships in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental management, and sustainability science. It examines the origins, logical underpinnings, modes of enquiry, content and future of these sub-fields. It offers the opportunity for reflecting on the prevailing paradigms of spatial enquiry and tensions that arises when these sub-fields attempt to create bridges between the physical, natural and social sciences and the humanities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Gain an overview of the history and philosophy of ideas regarding human-environment relationships in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental management, and sustainability science;
  2. Understand the origins, logical underpinnings, modes of enquiry, content and futures of the relevant sub-fields;
  3. Reflect on the prevailing paradigms of spatial enquiry;
  4. Critically analyse the tensions arising from the inter and transdisciplinary perspectives presented by these subfields to estabilished disciplinary boundaries in the sciences and humanities;
  5. Position their doctoral research project in the historical traditions of their sub-field of specialisation
  6. Develop advanced skills in critical analysis (reading and writing) and theoretical argumentation of the history and philosophy of their chosen sub-field of specialisation

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

One 3-hour seminar and 9-hours of private study per week

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Seminar and enquiry based learning, with use Moodle or similar program for sharing readings, and continuing discussions outside the weekly seminar period.

Prerequisites

Admission to Doctoral or Masters research program


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Haripriya Rangan

Synopsis

This Graduate Research Colloquium examines emerging debates and ongoing controversies in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental management, and sustainability science. Most of the controversies in these fields are interdisciplinary and require understanding of the different perspectives that fuel debates and competing views regarding problem solving, policy, and practice. Students will be introduced to cutting-edge research and critical insights into the process of problem formulation and state of the art in these fields.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Gain an overview of the major controversies and debates taking place in the fields of physical and human geography, environmental and sustainability sciences.
  2. Delineate the interdisciplinary terrain and differing perspectives that give rise to controversies in these fields.
  3. Develop a thorough grasp of the major debates within the sub-field of specialisation relevant to their research project.
  4. Critically assess and review the arguments presented in relation to the major controversy in their sub-field of specialisation.
  5. Develop advanced skills in critical analysis (reading and writing) of scientific literature, theoretical argumentation, conceptual and methodological thinking across disciplinary boundaries.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Nine hours private study and one 3-hour seminar per week

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Must be admitted to the Doctoral or Masters research program


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Oppy

Synopsis

Students will attend seminars on contemporary research offered by visiting and local speakers,, including pre-seminar presentations by the speakers (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be required to complete short writing tasks related to eight of these seminar presentations. They will also be required to engage at a deeper level with a research problem from one of the areas developed by one or more speakers.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers on contemporary philosophical topics relevant to their research interests;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide detailed written exegesis and analysis of contemporary cutting edge philosophical papers relevant to their research interests;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Attendance at 12 x 3-hour seminars (including a dedicated pre-seminar session) across the semester plus 17 hours of self-directed learning (reading and writing) each week

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Graham Oppy

Synopsis

Students will attend staff seminars, including pre-seminar presentations by the speaker (or, in some cases, an alternate presenter). Students will be given writing tasks related to seminar presentations. Attendance at a sufficient number of seminars will be a hurdle requirement.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand orally presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  2. Contribute to organised oral philosophical discussion of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  3. Provide written exegesis and analysis of presented cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics;
  4. Devise questions for presenters of cutting edge philosophical papers across a wide range of philosophical topics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week, plus 9-hours of reading and writing

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of APR6015

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Philosophical, Historical and International Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Ernest Koh

Synopsis

This unit draws on wide range of published and unpublished work in history in order to develop an understanding of different approaches to history, to the varity of methodologies available, and to key issues in historiography and in the design and presentation of historical research. Its focus is practical, giving students an opportunity to reflect on the most appropriate methodologies and approaches to their own questions and source material. The workshops will give each student the opportunity to workshop their own writing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, student should be able to:

  1. analyse historical writing, identify its key arguments, and situate these within specific historographical traditions;
  2. demonstrate an awareness of range of different historical methodologies;
  3. critique the design and methodologies of works in their general field of history;
  4. apply these understandings to their own writing, situating themselves historiographically;
  5. design their own project and select appropriate methodologies for their own historical study;
  6. identify the rhetorical and literary elements of historical writing
  7. select and employ an appropriate literary from their own work

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Two contact hours and 22 hours of preparation and private study per week.
Staff are also available to consult with students with respect to unit content on an individual basis as required.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

2-hour workshops,
Question-focussed discussion,
Regular writing tasks and group work (unassessed but with detailed feedback from the group and from the staff member convening)
Moodle will be used to make material available and in some weeks to workshop online/provide feedback


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSchool of Languages, Literatures, Cultures and Linguistics
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Simon Musgrave

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to important techniques relevant to research in applied linguistics and the research traditions in which those techniques can be located. Students will be introduced to qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches to research in general, as well as to specific data collection techniques in each tradition, including surveys, interviews, observation and ethnography, transcription of discourse data, and classrooms observation. Students will have the opportunity to gain direct experience with several of the data collection procedures, and will also read and discuss published studies utilising the entire of techniques mentioned.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in linguistics and applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research;
  6. present results of their work to colleagues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

One 1.5-hour lecture

  • One 1.5-hour seminar
  • Twenty one hours of self directed study

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APR5021, APG4347, APG5347, ALMX415 (Open Universities Australia)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCentre for Theatre and Performance
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Grant

Synopsis

This unit aims to cover key issues involved in undertaking performance research. To that end, we will follow four main strands of enquiry. We will investigate a range of methodologies of researching performance. We will read and discuss important ideas in researching performance. We will canvass issues to do with making, studying, analysing, and reflecting on actual performances. And we will look at the ways other disciplines such as anthropology, sociology, history and philosophy, utilise ideas of performance and performativity to discuss and analyse topics in their discipline. Classes will take the form of seminar discussion. They will include presentations by academic staff on issues in researching performance and on making performances in a research context, discussions of readings and performances, and presentations by students on issues arising from the readings and performances.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Work with a range of methodological approaches to researching performance and be able to write about one or more of them succinctly;
  2. Understand key ideas in researching performance and be able to discuss those ideas clearly and confidently;
  3. Write on selected theoretical issues that are germane to contemporary research in theatre and performance;
  4. Show how they would deploy one or more methodologies of researching performance in order to research a topic in theatre and/or performance;
  5. Demonstrate how ideas of performance and performativity might be used to investigate issues beyond the sphere of theatre and performance;
  6. Present a clear and cogent summary of the ideas of selected readings and be able to indicate matters of interest and concern for discussion.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

6 x 4-hour seminars delivered three days per week across two weeks.
An equivalent amount of time (24 hours) of consultation time throughout the semester with PhD/MA supervisors or other appropriate academic staff concerning reading and preparation for the coursework in the context of the assessments.
96 hours of reading and writing throughout the semester in response for the set readings. Readings will be provided early in the semester to facilitate this process. This will ensure students are fully prepared to engage in discussions and seminars during the block period.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitSir Zelman Cowen School of Music
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Thomas Reiner

Synopsis

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. The teaching weeks are divided to cover a divers array of musical areas that form School's core, namely, classical and improvisation performance, composition, musicology and ethnomusicology. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence ther doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Outcomes

The unit will focus on methodologies of research in Music, including research question; research methodology; creative material for performance project; research writing; bibliography; thesis timeline. At the end of this unit candidates will have obtained sufficient knowledge to identify appropriate methodologies by which to commence their doctoral research and undertake a literature review.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

Three days: two days of seminars and one day of self guided library activity. Total number of hours (26) remains the same.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitJournalism
OfferedCaulfield First semester 2015 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deb Anderson

Synopsis

The unit explores some of the key research methodologies used in the fields of journalism, media studies and film studies. It considers the scholarly thesis as a genre and compares it with other advanced modes of writing. It also reflects on the non-traditional form of the doctorate required by the PhD Journalism and the scholarly exegesis this form requires. It provides an overview of expectations involved in a literature review and considers questions of ethics in higher degree research. The program will be adapted according to the thesis and/or journalism projects in the class, but the unit will consider literature reviews, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the relation of research methodologies in the fields to those of adjacent disciplines such as history, politics, sociology and methodological questions in addressing testimony, memory, truth, visual representation and power.

Outcomes

At the satisfactory conclusion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a sound understanding of the kinds of methodologies which can be applied in media, film and journalism;
  2. analyse and expound the key ethical questions involved in scholarly or journalistic research;
  3. participate effectively in collaborative learning activities at a sustained high level;
  4. demonstrate a clear understanding of the relationship between theory, methodology and analysis in research;
  5. demonstrate a clear understanding of the points of continuity and difference between scholarly research and research in journalism and other media fields;
  6. identify the points of difference between journalistic and scholarly codes of ethics and prescribe when they respectively apply;
  7. produce written work for assessment of a quality appropriate to doctoral studies.

Assessment

Written Assessment 1 (500 words): 20%
Written Assessment 2 (2000 words): 40%
Written Assessment 3 (2000 words): 40%

Workload requirements

2 hours class contact and 20 hours private study including online collaborative and written assessment tasks, per week.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students will have access to recordings of on-campus seminars and other electronic resources, and are required to be fully engaged in the online collaborative learning and assessment activities.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitCommunications and Media Studies
OfferedCaulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andy Ruddock

Synopsis

The unit reviews the overlapping histories and disciplinary trajectories of film studies, media studies, communication studies, cultural studies and journalism. It provides an overview of how these fields have formed, how they have cross-fertilised each other and where they now stand within the contemporary academy. Topics that may be addressed include: the relation of the fields to social and political movements beyond the academy; their intersection with fields of practice (from media production to professional communication); their institutional locations; their ambivalent interdisciplinarity; their international influences and distribution; their varying formation through teaching and research; and their loosely shared stock of key concepts and themes (for example, 'medium', 'audience', 'discourse', 'culture', 'genre' and 'power'). The aim across all topics will be to reflect on the history and current possibilities of the fields, providing a basis for research students to develop an informed and critical perspective on where their own projects sit within larger intellectual and disciplinary contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a broad understanding of the histories and disciplinary trajectories of film studies, communication studies, media studies, cultural studies and journalism
  2. identify the major commonalities and differences between these fields
  3. demonstrate an awareness of the intersection of the fields (as fields of scholarship) with fields of practice and with social and political movements beyond the academy.
  4. provide a critical account of interdisciplinarity within the fields
  5. outline the institutional location of the fields, their varying formation through teaching and research and their international influences and distribution
  6. demonstrate awareness of the varying use of key concepts across the fields (for example, 'medium', 'audience', 'discourse', 'culture', 'genre' and 'power')
  7. reflect critically on where their own doctoral or masters research project sits within larger intellectual and disciplinary contexts.

Assessment

Written Assessment 1 (1500 words): 30%
Written Assessment 2 (3000 words): 70%

Workload requirements

24hrs of class contact in block mode. Remaining studying time to be used in reading, seminar preparation and assignment work.

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APR5100


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
Organisational UnitLiterary Studies
OfferedNot offered in 2015
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Kossew

Synopsis

The unit aims to establish the theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literary and cultural texts. These will be examined from a range of contemporary theoretical perspectives. Approaches may include some of the following: postcolonial, eco-critical, new materialist, gender theory, semiotic, aesthetic, new media and post-structural. Each of these approaches will be examined for their respective accounts of literary and cultural theory and method. Students will be asked to consider the possible relevance of these approaches to their proposed research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an advanced-level understanding of various influential attempts to establish theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture;
  2. articulate and practise the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses necessary for literary and cultural studies at postgraduate level;
  3. access the critical and expressive resources necessary to write clear, concise, accurate and independent essays on topics related to the readings;
  4. consider the possible relevance to their own proposed research topic of the theoretical approaches discussed in this unit;
  5. benefit from authentic academic assessments that are relevant to researchers in literary and cultural studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Workload requirements

One 2-hour seminar per week

See also Unit timetable information

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

APG6724


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedMalaysia Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Malaysia Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Malaysia Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Malaysia Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedGippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedSouth Africa Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
South Africa Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Arts
OfferedCaulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2015 (External Candidature)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Caulfield Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2015 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.